ELF: Document the .tls_common directive
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b3adc24a 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
43@ifset BPF
44@set BPF
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b3adc24a 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b3adc24a 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
31bf1864 233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-<N>}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
66f8b2cb 234 [@b{--gdwarf-cie-version}=@var{VERSION}]
b40bf0a2 235 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 238 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 239 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9 240 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
d60646b9
NC
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 247 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
248 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
249 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 250@c
6387924a 251@c man end
a4fb0134 252@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 253@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 254@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
255@ifset AARCH64
256
257@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
258 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 259 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 260@end ifset
625e1353
RH
261@ifset ALPHA
262
263@emph{Target Alpha options:}
264 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
265 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 266 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
267 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
268 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
269@end ifset
252b5132 270@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
271
272@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
273 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
274 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
275 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 276 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
278@end ifset
279@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
280
281@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 282@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
283 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
284 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
285 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
286 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 287 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 288 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
289 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
290 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
291 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 292 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 293@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
294@ifset Blackfin
295
296@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
297 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
298 [@b{-mfdpic}]
299 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
300 [@b{-mnopic}]
301@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
302@ifset BPF
303
304@emph{Target BPF options:}
305 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}]
306@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
307@ifset CRIS
308
309@emph{Target CRIS options:}
310 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
311 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
312 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 313 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
314@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
315@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
316@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
317@ifset CSKY
318
319@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
320 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
321 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
322 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
323 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
324 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
325 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
326 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
327 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
328 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
329 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
330 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
331 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
332 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
333 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
334 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
335 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
336@end ifset
252b5132 337@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
338
339@emph{Target D10V options:}
340 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
341@end ifset
342@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
343
344@emph{Target D30V options:}
345 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 346@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
347@ifset EPIPHANY
348
349@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
350 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
351@end ifset
252b5132 352@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
353
354@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
355 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
356@end ifset
357@ifset HPPA
358@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
359@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
360@ifset I80386
361
362@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 363 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 364 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 365@end ifset
587fe2b3 366@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 367
9e32ca89
NC
368@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
369 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
370 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
371 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 372 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 373 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 374 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
375 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
376@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
377@ifset IP2K
378
379@emph{Target IP2K options:}
380 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
381@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
382@ifset M32C
383
384@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 385 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 386@end ifset
587fe2b3 387@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 388
a4fb0134
SC
389@emph{Target M32R options:}
390 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 391 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 392@end ifset
252b5132 393@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
394
395@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
396 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 397@end ifset
60bcf0fa 398@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
399
400@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 401 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
402 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
403 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 404 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
405 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
406 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
407@end ifset
408@ifset MCORE
409
410@emph{Target MCORE options:}
411 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
412 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 413@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
414@ifset METAG
415
416@emph{Target Meta options:}
417 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
418@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
419@ifset MICROBLAZE
420@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
421@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
422@end ifset
252b5132 423@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
424
425@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 426 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 427 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 428 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 429 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
430 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
431 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 432 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 433 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
434 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
435 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 436 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 437 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 438 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 439 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 440 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 441 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 442 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 443 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 444 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 445 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 446 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 447 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 448 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 449 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 450 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 451 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 452 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 453 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 454 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 455 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 456 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 457 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 458 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 459 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 460 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 461 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
462 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
463 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 464 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 465 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 466 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
467@end ifset
468@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
469
470@emph{Target MMIX options:}
471 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
472 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
473 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 474 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 475@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
476@ifset NIOSII
477
478@emph{Target Nios II options:}
479 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
480 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
481@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
482@ifset NDS32
483
484@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
485 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
486 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
487 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
488 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
489 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
490 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
491 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
492 [@b{-mb2bb}]
493@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
494@ifset OPENRISC
495@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
496@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
497@ifset PDP11
498
499@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
500 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
501 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 502 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
503@end ifset
504@ifset PJ
505
506@emph{Target picoJava options:}
507 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
508@end ifset
509@ifset PPC
510
511@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
512 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
513 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
514 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
515 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
516 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
517 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 518 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 519 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 520 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
521 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
522 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 523 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 524 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 525@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
526@ifset PRU
527
528@emph{Target PRU options:}
529 [@b{-link-relax}]
530 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
531 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
532@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
533@ifset RISCV
534
535@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
536 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
537 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
538 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
539@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
540@ifset RL78
541
542@emph{Target RL78 options:}
543 [@b{-mg10}]
544 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
545@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
546@ifset RX
547
548@emph{Target RX options:}
549 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 550 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
551 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
552 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
553 [@b{-mpid}]
554 [@b{-mrelax}]
555 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
556 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 557@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
558@ifset S390
559
560@emph{Target s390 options:}
561 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
562 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
563 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
564@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
565@ifset SCORE
566
567@emph{Target SCORE options:}
568 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
569 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
570 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
571 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
572@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
573@ifset SPARC
574
575@emph{Target SPARC options:}
576@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
577 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
578 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
579 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
580 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
581 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
582 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
583 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
584 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
585 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
586 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
587 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
588 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
589 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 590 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 591 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
592@end ifset
593@ifset TIC54X
594
595@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 596 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
597 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
598@end ifset
40b36596
JM
599@ifset TIC6X
600
601@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
602 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
603 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
604 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 605@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
606@ifset TILEGX
607
608@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 609 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
610@end ifset
611@ifset TILEPRO
612@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
613@end ifset
b6605ddd 614@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 615
b6605ddd
EB
616@emph{Target Visium options:}
617 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
618@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
619@ifset XTENSA
620
621@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
622 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
623 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
624 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
625 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
626 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 627 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
7a77f1ac 628 [@b{--abi-windowed}|@b{--abi-call0}]
2d8b84ae 629@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
630@ifset Z80
631
632@emph{Target Z80 options:}
fcaaac0a 633 [@b{-march=@var{CPU}@var{[-EXT]}@var{[+EXT]}}]
7a6bf3be
SB
634 [@b{-local-prefix=}@var{PREFIX}]
635 [@b{-colonless}]
636 [@b{-sdcc}]
637 [@b{-fp-s=}@var{FORMAT}]
638 [@b{-fp-d=}@var{FORMAT}]
3c9b82ba 639@end ifset
a4fb0134 640@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 641
a4fb0134 642@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 643@end ifset
e0001a05 644
0285c67d 645@c man end
252b5132
RH
646@end smallexample
647
0285c67d
NC
648@c man begin OPTIONS
649
a4fb0134 650@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 651@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 652
83f10cb2 653@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
654Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
655
a4fb0134 656@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
657@item -ac
658omit false conditionals
659
660@item -ad
661omit debugging directives
662
83f10cb2
NC
663@item -ag
664include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
665
252b5132
RH
666@item -ah
667include high-level source
668
669@item -al
670include assembly
671
672@item -am
673include macro expansions
674
675@item -an
676omit forms processing
677
678@item -as
679include symbols
680
681@item =file
682set the name of the listing file
683@end table
684
685You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
686listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
687the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
688
caa32fe5 689@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
690Begin in alternate macro mode.
691@ifclear man
692@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
693@end ifclear
caa32fe5 694
955974c6 695@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
696Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
697ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
698linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
699given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 700
151411f8
L
701@ifset ELF
702@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
703@item --compress-debug-sections=none
704@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
705@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
706@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
707These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
708@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
709@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
710@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 711@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 712@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
713@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
714sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
715@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
716@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
717
151411f8
L
718@end ifset
719
955974c6 720@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
721Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
722targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
723override this.
955974c6 724
252b5132
RH
725@item -D
726Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
727other assemblers.
728
3d6b762c
JM
729@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
730When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
731information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
732
252b5132
RH
733@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
734Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
735@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
736indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
737value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
738use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
739
740@item -f
741``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
742compiler output).
743
329e276d
NC
744@item -g
745@itemx --gen-debug
746Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
747debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
748ECOFF or DWARF2.
749
252b5132
RH
750@item --gstabs
751Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
752may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
753
05da4302
NC
754@item --gstabs+
755Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
756extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
757debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
758may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
759the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
760
329e276d 761@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 762Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 763may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 764option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 765
31bf1864
NC
766@item --gdwarf-3
767This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
768allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
769version 3 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
25b1f10d 770guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a
31bf1864
NC
771per target basis.
772
773@item --gdwarf-4
774This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
775allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
776version 4 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
25b1f10d 777guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a
31bf1864
NC
778per target basis.
779
780@item --gdwarf-5
781This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
782allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
84d9ab33 783version 5 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
25b1f10d 784guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a
31bf1864
NC
785per target basis.
786
b40bf0a2
NC
787@item --gdwarf-sections
788Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
789.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
790corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
791will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
792@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
793then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
794suffix.
795
66f8b2cb
AB
796@item --gdwarf-cie-version=@var{version}
797Control which version of DWARF Common Information Entries (CIEs) are produced.
798When this flag is not specificed the default is version 1, though some targets
799can modify this default. Other possible values for @var{version} are 3 or 4.
800
b8871f35 801@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
802@item --size-check=error
803@itemx --size-check=warning
804Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
805
b8871f35
L
806@item --elf-stt-common=no
807@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
808These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
809symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
810by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
811
812@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
813@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
814These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
815attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
816The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
817configure option.
818
b8871f35
L
819@end ifset
820
252b5132 821@item --help
a05a5b64 822Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 823
ea20a7da
CC
824@item --target-help
825Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
826
252b5132
RH
827@item -I @var{dir}
828Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
829
830@item -J
831Don't warn about signed overflow.
832
833@item -K
834@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
835This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
836@end ifclear
837@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
838Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
839@end ifset
840
841@item -L
842@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
843Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
844system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
845or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
846@ifclear man
847@xref{Symbol Names}.
848@end ifclear
252b5132 849
c3a27914
NC
850@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
851Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
852listing to @var{number}.
853
854@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
855Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
856lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
857
858@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
859Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
860@var{number} bytes.
861
862@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
863Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
864to @var{number} + 1.
865
2edb36e7
NC
866@item --no-pad-sections
867Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
868of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
869which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
870
252b5132 871@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 872Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
873
874@item -R
875Fold the data section into the text section.
876
451133ce
NP
877@ifset ELF
878@item --sectname-subst
879Honor substitution sequences in section names.
880@ifclear man
881@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
882@end ifclear
883@end ifset
884
252b5132
RH
885@item --statistics
886Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
887assembly.
888
889@item --strip-local-absolute
890Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
891
892@item -v
893@itemx -version
a4fb0134 894Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
895
896@item --version
a4fb0134 897Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
898
899@item -W
2bdd6cf5 900@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
901Suppress warning messages.
902
2bdd6cf5
GK
903@item --fatal-warnings
904Treat warnings as errors.
905
906@item --warn
907Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
908
252b5132
RH
909@item -w
910Ignored.
911
912@item -x
913Ignored.
914
915@item -Z
916Generate an object file even after errors.
917
918@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
919Standard input, or source files to assemble.
920
921@end table
2a633939
JM
922@c man end
923
a06ea964
NC
924@ifset AARCH64
925
926@ifclear man
927@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
928for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
929@end ifclear
930
931@ifset man
932@c man begin OPTIONS
933The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
93464-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
935@c man end
936@c man begin INCLUDE
937@include c-aarch64.texi
938@c ended inside the included file
939@end ifset
940
941@end ifset
942
2a633939
JM
943@ifset ALPHA
944
945@ifclear man
946@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
947for an Alpha processor.
948@end ifclear
949
950@ifset man
951@c man begin OPTIONS
952The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
953processor.
954@c man end
955@c man begin INCLUDE
956@include c-alpha.texi
957@c ended inside the included file
958@end ifset
959
960@end ifset
252b5132 961
2a633939 962@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 963@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
964The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
965processor.
252b5132 966
a4fb0134 967@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 968@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
969This option selects the core processor variant.
970@item -EB | -EL
971Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
972@item -mcode-density
973Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
974@end table
975@end ifset
976
977@ifset ARM
978The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
979processor family.
980
a4fb0134 981@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 982@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 983Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 984@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 985Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 986@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 987Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
988@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
989Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
990@item -mthumb
991Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 992@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
993Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
994@item -EB | -EL
995Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
996@item -mthumb-interwork
997Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
998ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
999@item -mccs
1000Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
1001@item -k
1002Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
1003@end table
1004@end ifset
635fb38d 1005@c man end
252b5132 1006
9982501a 1007@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
1008
1009@ifclear man
1010@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1011configured for the Blackfin processor family.
1012@end ifclear
1013
1014@ifset man
1015@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
1016The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1017the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
1018@c man end
1019@c man begin INCLUDE
1020@include c-bfin.texi
1021@c ended inside the included file
1022@end ifset
9982501a 1023
9982501a
JZ
1024@end ifset
1025
f8861f5d
JM
1026@ifset BPF
1027
1028@ifclear man
1029@xref{BPF Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1030configured for the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1031@end ifclear
1032
1033@ifset man
1034@c man begin OPTIONS
1035The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1036the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1037@c man end
1038@c man begin INCLUDE
1039@include c-bpf.texi
1040@c ended inside the included file
1041@end ifset
1042
1043@end ifset
1044
635fb38d 1045@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1046@ifset CRIS
1047See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1048@end ifset
1049
b8891f8d
AJ
1050@ifset CSKY
1051
1052@ifclear man
1053@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1054configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1055@end ifclear
1056
1057@ifset man
1058@c man begin OPTIONS
1059The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1060the C-SKY processor family.
1061@c man end
1062@c man begin INCLUDE
1063@include c-csky.texi
1064@c ended inside the included file
1065@end ifset
1066
1067@end ifset
1068
252b5132
RH
1069@ifset D10V
1070The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1071a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1072@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1073@cindex D10V optimization
1074@cindex optimization, D10V
1075@item -O
1076Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1077@end table
1078@end ifset
1079
1080@ifset D30V
1081The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1082processor.
a4fb0134 1083@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1084@cindex D30V optimization
1085@cindex optimization, D30V
1086@item -O
1087Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1088
1089@cindex D30V nops
1090@item -n
1091Warn when nops are generated.
1092
1093@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1094@item -N
1095Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1096@end table
1097@end ifset
731caf76
L
1098@c man end
1099
cfb8c092
NC
1100@ifset EPIPHANY
1101The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1102Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1103
56b13185
JR
1104@ifclear man
1105@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1106configured for an Epiphany processor.
1107@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1108
56b13185
JR
1109@ifset man
1110@c man begin OPTIONS
1111The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1112an Epiphany processor.
1113@c man end
1114@c man begin INCLUDE
1115@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1116@c ended inside the included file
1117@end ifset
1118
1119@end ifset
1120
1121@ifset H8300
1122
1123@ifclear man
1124@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1125for an H8/300 processor.
1126@end ifclear
1127
1128@ifset man
1129@c man begin OPTIONS
1130The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1131processor.
1132@c man end
1133@c man begin INCLUDE
1134@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1135@c ended inside the included file
1136@end ifset
cfb8c092 1137
cfb8c092
NC
1138@end ifset
1139
731caf76 1140@ifset I80386
252b5132 1141
731caf76
L
1142@ifclear man
1143@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1144configured for an i386 processor.
1145@end ifclear
1146
1147@ifset man
1148@c man begin OPTIONS
1149The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1150an i386 processor.
1151@c man end
1152@c man begin INCLUDE
1153@include c-i386.texi
1154@c ended inside the included file
1155@end ifset
1156
1157@end ifset
1158
1159@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1160@ifset IP2K
1161The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1162Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1163
1164@table @gcctabopt
1165
1166@item -mip2022ext
1167Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1168
1169@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1170Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1171just the basic IP2022 ones.
1172
1173@end table
1174@end ifset
1175
49f58d10
JB
1176@ifset M32C
1177The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1178Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1179
1180@table @gcctabopt
1181
1182@item -m32c
1183Assemble M32C instructions.
1184
1185@item -m16c
1186Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1187
c54b5932
DD
1188@item -relax
1189Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1190
1191@item -h-tick-hex
1192Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1193
49f58d10
JB
1194@end table
1195@end ifset
1196
ec694b89
NC
1197@ifset M32R
1198The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1199Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1200
a4fb0134 1201@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1202
1203@item --m32rx
1204Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1205is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1206
1207@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1208Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1209encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1210
1211@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1212Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1213encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1214
1215@end table
1216@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1217
1218@ifset M680X0
1219The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1220Motorola 68000 series.
1221
a4fb0134 1222@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1223
1224@item -l
1225Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1226
0285c67d
NC
1227@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1228@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1229@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1230Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1231is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1232
1233@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1234The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1235The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1236the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1237two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1238coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1239
1240@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1241The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1242unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1243
1244@end table
1245@end ifset
1246
36591ba1
SL
1247@ifset NIOSII
1248
1249@ifclear man
1250@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1251for an Altera Nios II processor.
1252@end ifclear
1253
1254@ifset man
1255@c man begin OPTIONS
1256The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1257Altera Nios II processor.
1258@c man end
1259@c man begin INCLUDE
1260@include c-nios2.texi
1261@c ended inside the included file
1262@end ifset
1263@end ifset
1264
e135f41b
NC
1265@ifset PDP11
1266
1267For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1268see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1269
a4fb0134 1270@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1271@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1272Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1273default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1274
1275@item -mall
1276@itemx -mall-extensions
1277Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1278
1279@item -mno-extensions
1280Disable all instruction set extensions.
1281
1282@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1283Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1284
1285@item -m@var{cpu}
1286Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1287disable all other extensions.
1288
1289@item -m@var{machine}
1290Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1291model, and disable all other extensions.
1292@end table
1293
1294@end ifset
1295
041dd5a9
ILT
1296@ifset PJ
1297The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1298a picoJava processor.
1299
a4fb0134 1300@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1301
1302@cindex PJ endianness
1303@cindex endianness, PJ
1304@cindex big endian output, PJ
1305@item -mb
1306Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1307
1308@cindex little endian output, PJ
1309@item -ml
1310Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1311
1312@end table
1313@end ifset
1314
93f11b16
DD
1315@ifset PRU
1316
1317@ifclear man
1318@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1319for a PRU processor.
1320@end ifclear
1321
1322@ifset man
1323@c man begin OPTIONS
1324The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1325PRU processor.
1326@c man end
1327@c man begin INCLUDE
1328@include c-pru.texi
1329@c ended inside the included file
1330@end ifset
1331@end ifset
1332
60bcf0fa
NC
1333@ifset M68HC11
1334The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1335Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1336
a4fb0134 1337@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1338
6927f982 1339@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1340Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1341defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1342
6927f982
NC
1343@item --xgate-ramoffset
1344Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1345XGATE address space.
1346
2f904664
SC
1347@item -mshort
1348Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1349
1350@item -mlong
01642c12 1351Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1352
1353@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1354Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1355
1356@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1357Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1358
1370e33d 1359@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1360Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1361conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1362sub routine.
1363
1370e33d
NC
1364@item -S | --short-branches
1365Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1366when the offset is out of range.
1367
1368@item --strict-direct-mode
1369Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1370when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1371
1372@item --print-insn-syntax
1373Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1374
1375@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1376Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1377
1378@item --generate-example
6927f982 1379Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1380This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1381
1382@end table
1383@end ifset
1384
252b5132 1385@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1386The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1387for the SPARC architecture:
1388
a4fb0134 1389@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1390@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1391@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1392Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1393
1394@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1395@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1396
1397@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1398UltraSPARC extensions.
1399
1400@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1401For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1402equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1403
1404@item -bump
1405Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1406@end table
1407@end ifset
1408
39bec121
TW
1409@ifset TIC54X
1410The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1411architecture.
39bec121 1412
a4fb0134 1413@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1414@item -mfar-mode
1415Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1416extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1417@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1418Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1419@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1420Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1421behaviour in the shell.
1422@end table
1423@end ifset
1424
252b5132 1425@ifset MIPS
73201331 1426@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1427The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1428a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1429
a4fb0134 1430@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1431@item -G @var{num}
1432This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1433implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1434use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1435
1436@cindex MIPS endianness
1437@cindex endianness, MIPS
1438@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1439@item -EB
1440Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1441
1442@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1443@item -EL
1444Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1445
1446@cindex MIPS ISA
1447@item -mips1
1448@itemx -mips2
1449@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1450@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1451@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1452@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1453@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1454@itemx -mips32r3
1455@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1456@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1457@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1458@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1459@itemx -mips64r3
1460@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1461@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1462Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1463@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1464alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1465@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1466@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1467@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1468@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1469MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1470Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1471MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1472
98508b2a
RS
1473@item -march=@var{cpu}
1474Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1475
1476@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1477Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1478
1479@item -mfix7000
1480@itemx -mno-fix7000
1481Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1482of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1483
a8d14a88
CM
1484@item -mfix-rm7000
1485@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1486Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1487followed by a load instruction.
1488
27c634e0
FN
1489@item -mfix-r5900
1490@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1491Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1492of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1493instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1494instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1495execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1496
ecb4347a
DJ
1497@item -mdebug
1498@itemx -no-mdebug
1499Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1500section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1501
dcd410fe
RO
1502@item -mpdr
1503@itemx -mno-pdr
1504Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1505
437ee9d5
TS
1506@item -mgp32
1507@itemx -mfp32
1508The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1509flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1510all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1511and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1512
351cdf24
MF
1513@item -mgp64
1514@itemx -mfp64
1515The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1516flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1517all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1518and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1519
1520@item -mfpxx
1521The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1522this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1523which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
152432 or 64 bits wide.
1525
1526@item -modd-spreg
1527@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1528Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1529registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1530@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1531
437ee9d5
TS
1532@item -mips16
1533@itemx -no-mips16
1534Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1535@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1536turns off this option.
252b5132 1537
25499ac7
MR
1538@item -mmips16e2
1539@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1540Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1541to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1542@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1543
df58fc94
RS
1544@item -mmicromips
1545@itemx -mno-micromips
1546Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1547@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1548@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1549@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1550
e16bfa71
TS
1551@item -msmartmips
1552@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1553Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1554equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1555file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1556
1f25f5d3
CD
1557@item -mips3d
1558@itemx -no-mips3d
1559Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1560This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1561@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1562
deec1734
CD
1563@item -mdmx
1564@itemx -no-mdmx
1565Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1566This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1567@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1568
2ef2b9ae
CF
1569@item -mdsp
1570@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1571Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1572This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1573@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1574
8b082fb1
TS
1575@item -mdspr2
1576@itemx -mno-dspr2
1577Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1578This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1579This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1580@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1581
8f4f9071
MF
1582@item -mdspr3
1583@itemx -mno-dspr3
1584Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1585This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1586This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1587@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1588
56d438b1
CF
1589@item -mmsa
1590@itemx -mno-msa
1591Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1592This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1593@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1594
7d64c587
AB
1595@item -mxpa
1596@itemx -mno-xpa
1597Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1598This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1599@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1600
ef2e4d86
CF
1601@item -mmt
1602@itemx -mno-mt
1603Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1604This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1605@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1606
dec0624d
MR
1607@item -mmcu
1608@itemx -mno-mcu
1609Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1610This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1611@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1612
730c3174
SE
1613@item -mcrc
1614@itemx -mno-crc
1615Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1616Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1617@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1618
6f20c942
FS
1619@item -mginv
1620@itemx -mno-ginv
1621Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1622Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1623@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1624
8095d2f7
CX
1625@item -mloongson-mmi
1626@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1627Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1628Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1629instructions.
1630@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1631
716c08de
CX
1632@item -mloongson-cam
1633@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1634Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1635This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1636@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1637
bdc6c06e
CX
1638@item -mloongson-ext
1639@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1640Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1641This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1642@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1643
a693765e
CX
1644@item -mloongson-ext2
1645@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1646Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1647This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1648This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1649@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1650
833794fc
MR
1651@item -minsn32
1652@itemx -mno-insn32
1653Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1654microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1655instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1656the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1657option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1658start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1659selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1660
437ee9d5
TS
1661@item --construct-floats
1662@itemx --no-construct-floats
1663The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1664double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1665value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1666the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1667selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1668
3bf0dbfb
MR
1669@item --relax-branch
1670@itemx --no-relax-branch
1671The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1672branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1673out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1674
8b10b0b3
MR
1675@item -mignore-branch-isa
1676@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1677Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1678semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1679most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1680same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1681checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1682modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1683default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1684branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1685
ba92f887
MR
1686@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1687Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1688(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1689
252b5132
RH
1690@cindex emulation
1691@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1692This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1693on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1694removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1695It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1696
1697The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1698@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1699is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1700big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1701preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1702
1703@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1704@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1705the native tools.
1706
252b5132
RH
1707@item --trap
1708@itemx --no-trap
1709@itemx --break
1710@itemx --no-break
1711Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1712@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1713(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1714@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1715break exception.
63486801
L
1716
1717@item -n
a4fb0134 1718When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1719time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1720@end table
73201331 1721@c man end
252b5132
RH
1722@end ifset
1723
1724@ifset MCORE
1725The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1726an MCore processor.
1727
a4fb0134 1728@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1729@item -jsri2bsr
1730@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1731Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1732The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1733
1734@item -sifilter
1735@itemx -nosifilter
1736Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1737The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1738
1739@item -relax
1740Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1741
ec694b89
NC
1742@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1743Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1744can be assembled.
1745
1746@item -EB
1747Assemble for a big endian target.
1748
1749@item -EL
1750Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1751
1752@end table
1753@end ifset
a3c62988 1754@c man end
252b5132 1755
a3c62988
NC
1756@ifset METAG
1757
1758@ifclear man
1759@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1760for a Meta processor.
1761@end ifclear
1762
1763@ifset man
1764@c man begin OPTIONS
1765The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1766Meta processor.
1767@c man end
1768@c man begin INCLUDE
1769@include c-metag.texi
1770@c ended inside the included file
1771@end ifset
1772
1773@end ifset
1774
1775@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1776@ifset MMIX
1777See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1778@end ifset
1779
35c08157
KLC
1780@ifset NDS32
1781
1782@ifclear man
1783@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1784for a NDS32 processor.
1785@end ifclear
1786@c ended inside the included file
1787@end ifset
1788
1789@ifset man
1790@c man begin OPTIONS
1791The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1792NDS32 processor.
1793@c man end
1794@c man begin INCLUDE
1795@include c-nds32.texi
1796@c ended inside the included file
1797@end ifset
1798
635fb38d 1799@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1800@ifset PPC
1801
1802@ifclear man
1803@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1804for a PowerPC processor.
1805@end ifclear
1806
1807@ifset man
1808@c man begin OPTIONS
1809The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1810PowerPC processor.
1811@c man end
1812@c man begin INCLUDE
1813@include c-ppc.texi
1814@c ended inside the included file
1815@end ifset
1816
1817@end ifset
1818
e23eba97
NC
1819@ifset RISCV
1820
1821@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1822@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1823for a RISC-V processor.
1824@end ifclear
1825
1826@ifset man
1827@c man begin OPTIONS
1828The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1829RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1830@c man end
1831@c man begin INCLUDE
1832@include c-riscv.texi
1833@c ended inside the included file
1834@end ifset
1835
1836@end ifset
1837
635fb38d 1838@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1839@ifset RX
1840See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1841@end ifset
1842
11c19e16
MS
1843@ifset S390
1844The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1845processor family.
1846
1847@table @gcctabopt
1848@item -m31
1849@itemx -m64
1850Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1851@item -mesa
1852@item -mzarch
1853Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1854Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1855@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1856Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1857@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1858@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1859@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
46e292ab
AK
1860@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}), or @samp{z15}
1861(or @samp{arch13}).
11c19e16
MS
1862@item -mregnames
1863@itemx -mno-regnames
1864Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1865@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1866Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1867but evaluates to zero.
1868@end table
1869@end ifset
2a633939 1870@c man end
11c19e16 1871
40b36596 1872@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1873
1874@ifclear man
1875@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1876for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1877@end ifclear
1878
1879@ifset man
1880@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1881The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1882TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1883@c man end
1884@c man begin INCLUDE
1885@include c-tic6x.texi
1886@c ended inside the included file
1887@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1888
1889@end ifset
1890
aa137e4d
NC
1891@ifset TILEGX
1892
1893@ifclear man
1894@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1895for a TILE-Gx processor.
1896@end ifclear
1897
1898@ifset man
1899@c man begin OPTIONS
1900The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1901processor.
1902@c man end
1903@c man begin INCLUDE
1904@include c-tilegx.texi
1905@c ended inside the included file
1906@end ifset
1907
1908@end ifset
1909
b6605ddd
EB
1910@ifset VISIUM
1911
1912@ifclear man
1913@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1914for a Visium processor.
1915@end ifclear
1916
1917@ifset man
1918@c man begin OPTIONS
1919The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1920processor.
1921@c man end
1922@c man begin INCLUDE
1923@include c-visium.texi
1924@c ended inside the included file
1925@end ifset
1926
1927@end ifset
1928
e0001a05 1929@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1930
2d8b84ae
SA
1931@ifclear man
1932@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1933for an Xtensa processor.
1934@end ifclear
1935
1936@ifset man
1937@c man begin OPTIONS
1938The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1939Xtensa processor.
1940@c man end
1941@c man begin INCLUDE
1942@include c-xtensa.texi
1943@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1944@end ifset
1945
2d8b84ae
SA
1946@end ifset
1947
3c9b82ba 1948@ifset Z80
6655dba2 1949
7a6bf3be
SB
1950@ifclear man
1951@xref{Z80 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1952for an Z80 processor.
1953@end ifclear
6655dba2 1954
7a6bf3be
SB
1955@ifset man
1956@c man begin OPTIONS
1957The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1958Z80 processor.
1959@c man end
1960@c man begin INCLUDE
1961@include c-z80.texi
1962@c ended inside the included file
3c9b82ba
NC
1963@end ifset
1964
7a6bf3be 1965@end ifset
0285c67d 1966
252b5132
RH
1967@menu
1968* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1969* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1970* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1971* Command Line:: Command Line
1972* Input Files:: Input Files
1973* Object:: Output (Object) File
1974* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1975@end menu
1976
1977@node Manual
1978@section Structure of this Manual
1979
1980@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1981This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1982@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1983notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1984@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1985
1986@ifclear GENERIC
1987We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1988configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1989@end ifclear
1990@ifset GENERIC
1991This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1992various flavors of the assembler.
1993@end ifset
1994
1995@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1996On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1997to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1998In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1999architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
2000mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
2001particular architecture.
2002@ifset GENERIC
2003You may want to consult the manufacturer's
2004machine architecture manual for this information.
2005@end ifset
2006@ifclear GENERIC
2007@ifset H8/300
2008For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
2009Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
2010Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 2011@end ifset
252b5132 2012@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
2013For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
2014see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
2015@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
2016@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
2017@end ifset
2018@ifset Z8000
2019For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
2020@end ifset
2021@end ifclear
2022
2023@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
2024@ignore
2025Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
2026the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
2027Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2028computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2029once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2030qualification.
2031
a4fb0134 2032@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2033human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2034computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2035@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2036@end ignore
2037
2038@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2039@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2040@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2041@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2042@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2043@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2044@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2045@c directives).
2046
2047@node GNU Assembler
2048@section The GNU Assembler
2049
0285c67d
NC
2050@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2051
a4fb0134 2052@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2053@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2054This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2055configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2056@end ifclear
2057If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2058should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2059architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2060including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2061@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2062
2063@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2064@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2065@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2066@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2067assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2068machine would assemble.
2069@ifset VAX
2070Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2071@end ifset
2072@ifset M680X0
2073@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2074@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2075This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2076assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2077incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2078@end ifset
2079
0285c67d
NC
2080@c man end
2081
a4fb0134 2082Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2083program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2084@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2085
2086@node Object Formats
2087@section Object File Formats
2088
2089@cindex object file format
2090The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2091object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2092write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2093are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2094Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2095@ifclear GENERIC
2096@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2097For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2098@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2099@end ifclear
2100@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2101@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2102On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2103SOM or ELF format object files.
2104@end ifset
2105@end ifclear
2106
2107@node Command Line
2108@section Command Line
2109
2110@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2111
a4fb0134 2112After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2113options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2114before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2115significant.
2116
2117@cindex standard input, as input file
2118@kindex --
2119@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2120explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2121
2122@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2123Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2124hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2125@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2126option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2127the letter is important. All options are optional.
2128
2129Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2130name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2131with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2132standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2133
2134@smallexample
2135@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2136@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2137@end smallexample
2138
2139@node Input Files
2140@section Input Files
2141
2142@cindex input
2143@cindex source program
2144@cindex files, input
2145We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2146describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2147be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2148doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2149
2150@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2151@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2152The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2153order specified.
2154
0285c67d 2155@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2156Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2157program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2158(The standard input is also a file.)
2159
a4fb0134 2160You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2161names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2162command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2163is taken to be an input file name.
2164
a4fb0134
SC
2165If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2166from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2167may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2168to assemble.
2169
2170Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2171in your command line.
2172
a4fb0134 2173If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2174file.
2175
0285c67d
NC
2176@c man end
2177
252b5132
RH
2178@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2179
2180@cindex input file linenumbers
2181@cindex line numbers, in input files
2182There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2183either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2184number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2185``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2186
2187@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2188to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2189
2190@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2191directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2192error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2193is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2194@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2195@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2196
2197@node Object
2198@section Output (Object) File
2199
2200@cindex object file
2201@cindex output file
2202@kindex a.out
2203@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2204Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2205your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2206is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2207You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2208object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2209reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2210directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2211possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2212
2213@cindex linker
2214@kindex ld
2215The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2216assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2217the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2218information for the debugger.
2219
2220@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2221@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2222
2223@node Errors
2224@section Error and Warning Messages
2225
0285c67d
NC
2226@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2227
a349d9dd 2228@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2229@cindex warning messages
2230@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2231@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2232file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2233runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2234that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2235grave problem that stops the assembly.
2236
0285c67d
NC
2237@c man end
2238
252b5132
RH
2239@cindex format of warning messages
2240Warning messages have the format
2241
2242@smallexample
2243file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2244@end smallexample
2245
2246@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2247@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2248(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2249(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2250@ifset GENERIC
2251(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2252@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2253have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2254in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2255intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2256
2257Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2258directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2259
2260@smallexample
2261 .file 2 "bar.c"
2262 error_assembler_source
2263 .file "foo.c"
2264 .line 30
2265 error_c_source
2266@end smallexample
2267
2268produces this output:
2269
2270@smallexample
2271 Assembler messages:
2272 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2273 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2274@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2275
2276@cindex format of error messages
2277Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2278
252b5132
RH
2279@smallexample
2280file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2281@end smallexample
72e0b254 2282
252b5132
RH
2283The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2284messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2285because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2286
2287@node Invoking
2288@chapter Command-Line Options
2289
2290@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2291This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2292versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2293for options specific
252b5132 2294@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2295to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2296@end ifclear
2297@ifset GENERIC
2298to particular machine architectures.
2299@end ifset
2300
0285c67d
NC
2301@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2302
c1253627 2303If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2304you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2305The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2306by commas. For example:
2307
2308@smallexample
2309gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2310@end smallexample
2311
2312@noindent
2313This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2314standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2315local symbols in the symbol table).
2316
2317Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2318command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2319(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2320precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2321assembler.)
2322
0285c67d
NC
2323@c man end
2324
252b5132 2325@menu
83f10cb2 2326* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2327* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2328* D:: -D for compatibility
2329* f:: -f to work faster
2330* I:: -I for .include search path
2331@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2332* K:: -K for compatibility
2333@end ifclear
2334@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2335* K:: -K for difference tables
2336@end ifset
2337
ba83aca1 2338* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2339* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2340* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2341* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2342* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2343* o:: -o to name the object file
2344* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2345* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2346* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2347* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2348* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2349* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2350@end menu
2351
2352@node a
83f10cb2 2353@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2354
2355@kindex -a
2356@kindex -ac
2357@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2358@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2359@kindex -ah
2360@kindex -al
2361@kindex -an
2362@kindex -as
2363@cindex listings, enabling
2364@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2365
2366These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2367@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2368You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2369@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2370@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2371@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2372High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2373@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2374also.
2375
83f10cb2
NC
2376Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2377information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2378
252b5132
RH
2379Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2380which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2381other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2382omitted from the listing.
2383
2384Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2385listing.
2386
2387Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2388listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2389@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2390@code{.sbttl}.
2391The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2392If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2393listing-control directives have no effect.
2394
2395The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2396@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2397
96e9638b
BW
2398Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2399because it
a05a5b64 2400is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2401is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2402directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2403stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2404memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2405
caa32fe5
NC
2406@node alternate
2407@section @option{--alternate}
2408
2409@kindex --alternate
2410Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2411
252b5132 2412@node D
a4fb0134 2413@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2414
2415@kindex -D
2416This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2417likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2418@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2419
2420@node f
a4fb0134 2421@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2422
2423@kindex -f
2424@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2425@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2426@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2427(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2428and comment preprocessing on
2429the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2430,Preprocessing}.
2431
2432@quotation
2433@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2434preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2435not work correctly.
2436@end quotation
2437
2438@node I
c1253627 2439@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2440
2441@kindex -I @var{path}
2442@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2443@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2444@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2445Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2446@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2447directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2448many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2449working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2450searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2451specified (left to right) on the command line.
2452
2453@node K
a4fb0134 2454@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2455
2456@kindex -K
2457@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2458On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2459permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2460where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2461generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2462family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2463alteration on other platforms.
2464@end ifclear
2465
2466@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2467@cindex difference tables, warning
2468@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2469@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2470form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2471You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2472is done.
2473@end ifset
2474
2475@node L
ba83aca1 2476@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2477
2478@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2479@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2480Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2481@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2482called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2483such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2484programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2485notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2486such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2487
2488This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2489in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2490@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2491
c3a27914 2492@node listing
a4fb0134 2493@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2494
a05a5b64 2495The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2496@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2497hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2498them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2499directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2500@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2501@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2502@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2503
a4fb0134 2504@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2505@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2506@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2507@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2508Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2509dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2510
2511@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2512@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2513@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2514Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2515a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2516the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2517switch is used the default is to one.
2518
2519@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2520@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2521@cindex Width of source line output
2522Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2523alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2524source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2525
2526@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2527@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2528@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2529Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2530displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2531@end table
2532
252b5132 2533@node M
a4fb0134 2534@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2535
2536@kindex -M
2537@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2538The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2539changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2540compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2541The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2542MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2543information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2544arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2545assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2546
2547The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2548depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2549file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2550individually. These are:
2551
2552@itemize @bullet
2553@item global symbols in common section
2554
2555The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2556Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2557common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2558symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2559symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2560
2561@item complex relocations
2562
2563The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2564relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2565are not support by other object file formats.
2566
2567@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2568
2569The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2570This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2571instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2572script.
2573
2574@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2575
2576The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2577name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2578
2579@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2580
2581The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2582address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2583which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2584not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2585assigned within a linker script.
2586@end itemize
2587
2588There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2589@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2590seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2591
2592@itemize @bullet
2593
2594@item EBCDIC strings
2595
2596EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2597
2598@item packed binary coded decimal
2599
2600Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2601and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2602
2603@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2604
2605The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2606
2607@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2608
2609The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2610
2611@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2612
2613The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2614@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2615relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2616these options serve no purpose.
2617
2618@item @code{OPT} list control options
2619
2620The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2621@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2622@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2623
2624@item other @code{OPT} options
2625
2626The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2627@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2628
2629@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2630
2631The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2632@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2633
2634@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2635
2636The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2637
252b5132
RH
2638@end itemize
2639
2640@node MD
c1253627 2641@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2642
2643@kindex --MD
2644@cindex dependency tracking
2645@cindex make rules
2646
a4fb0134 2647@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2648file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2649dependencies of the main source file.
2650
2651The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2652
2653This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2654
2edb36e7
NC
2655@node no-pad-sections
2656@section Output Section Padding
2657@kindex --no-pad-sections
2658@cindex output section padding
2659Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2660alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2661memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2662disable this behaviour.
2663
252b5132 2664@node o
a4fb0134 2665@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2666
2667@kindex -o
2668@cindex naming object file
2669@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2670There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2671default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2672You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2673object file a different name.
2674
a4fb0134 2675Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2676existing file of the same name.
2677
2678@node R
a4fb0134 2679@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2680
2681@kindex -R
2682@cindex data and text sections, joining
2683@cindex text and data sections, joining
2684@cindex joining text and data sections
2685@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2686@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2687data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2688the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2689section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2690your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2691appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2692
a4fb0134 2693When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2694address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2695data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2696older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2697
c1253627
NC
2698@ifset COFF-ELF
2699When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2700this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2701@samp{.data}.
2702@end ifset
2703
2704@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2705@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2706@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2707@end ifset
2708
2709@node statistics
a4fb0134 2710@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2711
2712@kindex --statistics
2713@cindex statistics, about assembly
2714@cindex time, total for assembly
2715@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2716Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2717@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2718(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2719seconds).
2720
2721@node traditional-format
c1253627 2722@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2723
2724@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2725For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2726from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2727@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2728
2729For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2730@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2731
2732@node v
a4fb0134 2733@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2734
2735@kindex -v
2736@kindex -version
2737@cindex assembler version
2738@cindex version of assembler
2739You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2740option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2741command line.
2742
2743@node W
a4fb0134 2744@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2745
a4fb0134 2746@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2747assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2748cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2749made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2750
c1253627
NC
2751@kindex -W
2752@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2753@cindex suppressing warnings
2754@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2755If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2756This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2757how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2758are still reported.
2759
c1253627 2760@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2761@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2762@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2763If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2764files that generate warnings to be in error.
2765
c1253627 2766@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2767@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2768You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2769causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2770
2771@node Z
a4fb0134 2772@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2773@cindex object file, after errors
2774@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2775After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2776some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2777@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2778option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2779writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2780errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2781
2782@node Syntax
2783@chapter Syntax
2784
2785@cindex machine-independent syntax
2786@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2787This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2788source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2789assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2790@ifclear VAX
2791assembler.
2792@end ifclear
2793@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2794assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2795@end ifset
2796
2797@menu
7c31ae13 2798* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2799* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2800* Comments:: Comments
2801* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2802* Statements:: Statements
2803* Constants:: Constants
2804@end menu
2805
2806@node Preprocessing
2807@section Preprocessing
2808
2809@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2810The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2811@itemize @bullet
2812@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2813@item
2814adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2815the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2816a single space.
2817
2818@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2819@item
2820removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2821appropriate number of newlines.
2822
2823@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2824@item
2825converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2826@end itemize
2827
2828It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2829anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2830do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2831(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2832to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
6ef719c0
NC
2833@samp{.S} suffix. @url{https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Overall-Options.html#Overall-Options,
2834See the 'Options Controlling the Kind of Output' section of the GCC manual for
2835more details}
252b5132
RH
2836
2837Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2838cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2839preprocessed.
2840
2841@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2842@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2843@kindex #NO_APP
2844@kindex #APP
2845If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2846@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2847Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2848specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2849text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2850@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2851@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2852and whitespace.
2853
2854@node Whitespace
2855@section Whitespace
2856
2857@cindex whitespace
2858@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2859Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2860people to read. Unless within character constants
2861(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2862as exactly one space.
2863
2864@node Comments
2865@section Comments
2866
2867@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2868There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2869cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2870
2871Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2872This means you may not nest these comments.
2873
2874@smallexample
2875/*
2876 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2877 is to use this sort of comment.
2878*/
2879
2880/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2881@end smallexample
2882
2883@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2884Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2885considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2886specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2887line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2888line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2889comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2890upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2891@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2892
2893If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2894special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2895to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2896
2897@kindex #
2898@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2899@cindex logical line numbers
2900To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2901special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2902expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2903line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2904new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2905
2906If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2907the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2908
2909@smallexample
2910 # This is an ordinary comment.
2911# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2912 # This is logical line # 36.
2913@end smallexample
2914This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2915of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2916
2917@node Symbol Intro
2918@section Symbols
2919
2920@cindex characters used in symbols
2921@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2922A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2923letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2924@samp{_.$}.
2925@end ifclear
2926@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2927@ifclear GENERIC
2928@ifset H8
2929A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2930letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2931@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2932symbol names.)
2933@end ifset
2934@end ifclear
2935@end ifset
2936@ifset GENERIC
2937On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2938are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2939@end ifset
2940No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2941There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2942are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2943beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2944of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2945
2946Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2947cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
608d61c2 2948quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceded by a
d02603dc 2949backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2950@cindex length of symbols
2951
2952@node Statements
2953@section Statements
2954
2955@cindex statements, structure of
2956@cindex line separator character
2957@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2958
2959A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2960@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2961specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2962target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2963The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2964preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2965exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2966
2967@cindex newline, required at file end
2968@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2969It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2970character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2971
2972An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2973
2974@cindex instructions and directives
2975@cindex directives and instructions
2976@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2977@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2978@c 13feb91.
2979A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2980key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2981symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2982symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2983directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2984a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2985assembles into a machine language instruction.
2986@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2987Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2988recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2989represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2990language.@refill
2991@end ifset
2992
2993@cindex @code{:} (label)
2994@cindex label (@code{:})
2995A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2996Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2997have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2998
2999@ifset HPPA
01642c12 3000For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
3001the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
3002only one label may be defined on each line.
3003@end ifset
3004
3005@smallexample
3006label: .directive followed by something
3007another_label: # This is an empty statement.
3008 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
3009@end smallexample
3010
3011@node Constants
3012@section Constants
3013
3014@cindex constants
3015A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
3016inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
3017@smallexample
3018@group
3019.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
3020.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
3021.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
3022.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
302395028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
3024@end group
3025@end smallexample
3026
3027@menu
3028* Characters:: Character Constants
3029* Numbers:: Number Constants
3030@end menu
3031
3032@node Characters
3033@subsection Character Constants
3034
3035@cindex character constants
3036@cindex constants, character
3037There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3038for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3039numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3040@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3041used in arithmetic expressions.
3042
3043@menu
3044* Strings:: Strings
3045* Chars:: Characters
3046@end menu
3047
3048@node Strings
3049@subsubsection Strings
3050
3051@cindex string constants
3052@cindex constants, string
3053A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3054double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3055into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3056a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3057one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3058@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3059(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3060escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3061
3062@cindex escape codes, character
3063@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3064@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3065@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3066@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3067@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3068@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3069@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3070@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3071@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3072@table @kbd
3073@c @item \a
3074@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3075@c
361fa3a4 3076@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3077@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3078@item \b
3079Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3080
3081@c @item \e
3082@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3083@c
361fa3a4 3084@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3085@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3086@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3087Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3088
361fa3a4 3089@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3090@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3091@item \n
3092Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3093
3094@c @item \p
3095@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3096@c
361fa3a4
NC
3097@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3098@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3099@item \r
3100Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3101
3102@c @item \s
3103@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3104@c other assemblers.
3105@c
361fa3a4 3106@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3107@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3108@item \t
3109Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3110
3111@c @item \v
3112@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3113@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3114@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3115@c
361fa3a4 3116@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3117@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3118@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3119An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3120For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3121for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3122
361fa3a4 3123@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3124@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3125@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3126A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3127lower case @code{x} works.
3128
361fa3a4 3129@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3130@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3131@item \\
3132Represents one @samp{\} character.
3133
3134@c @item \'
3135@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3136@c This is needed in single character literals
3137@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3138@c a @samp{'}.
3139@c
361fa3a4 3140@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3141@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3142@item \"
3143Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3144this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3145
3146@item \ @var{anything-else}
3147Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3148assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3149you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3150interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3151other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3152code and warns you of the fact.
3153@end table
3154
3155Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3156varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3157the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3158compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3159sequence.
3160
3161@node Chars
3162@subsubsection Characters
3163
3164@cindex single character constant
3165@cindex character, single
3166@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3167A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3168that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3169@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3170as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3171character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3172the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3173accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3174@ifclear GENERIC
3175@ifclear abnormal-separator
3176(or semicolon @samp{;})
3177@end ifclear
3178@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3179@ifset H8
3180(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3181Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3182@end ifset
3183@end ifset
3184@end ifclear
3185immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3186and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3187constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3188that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3189@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3190
3191@node Numbers
3192@subsection Number Constants
3193
3194@cindex constants, number
3195@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3196@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3197are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3198would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3199integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3200are floating point numbers, described below.
3201
3202@menu
3203* Integers:: Integers
3204* Bignums:: Bignums
3205* Flonums:: Flonums
3206@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3207@end ifclear
3208@end menu
3209
3210@node Integers
3211@subsubsection Integers
3212@cindex integers
3213@cindex constants, integer
3214
3215@cindex binary integers
3216@cindex integers, binary
3217A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3218the binary digits @samp{01}.
3219
3220@cindex octal integers
3221@cindex integers, octal
3222An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3223digits (@samp{01234567}).
3224
3225@cindex decimal integers
3226@cindex integers, decimal
3227A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3228more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3229
3230@cindex hexadecimal integers
3231@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3232A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3233more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3234
3235Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3236the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3237(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3238
3239@node Bignums
3240@subsubsection Bignums
3241
3242@cindex bignums
3243@cindex constants, bignum
3244A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3245except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3246represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3247integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3248
3249@node Flonums
3250@subsubsection Flonums
3251@cindex flonums
3252@cindex floating point numbers
3253@cindex constants, floating point
3254
3255@cindex precision, floating point
3256A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3257indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3258@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3259sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3260to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3261portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3262
3263A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3264@itemize @bullet
3265@item
3266The digit @samp{0}.
3267@ifset HPPA
3268(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3269@end ifset
3270
3271@item
a4fb0134 3272A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3273@ifset GENERIC
3274@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3275@ignore
3276@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3277(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32784.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3279@end ignore
3280
a8eb42a8 3281On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3282one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3283
3284On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3285(in upper or lower case).
3286
252b5132
RH
3287On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3288@end ifset
3289@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3290@ifset ARC
3291One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3292@end ifset
3293@ifset H8
3294One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3295@end ifset
3296@ifset HPPA
3297The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3298@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3299@end ifclear
3300
3301@item
3302An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3303
3304@item
3305An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3306
3307@item
3308An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3309or more decimal digits.
3310
3311@item
3312An optional exponent, consisting of:
3313
3314@itemize @bullet
3315@item
3316An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3317@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3318@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3319@item
3320Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3321@item
3322One or more decimal digits.
3323@end itemize
3324
3325@end itemize
3326
3327At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3328present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3329
a4fb0134 3330@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3331independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3332@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3333
252b5132
RH
3334@node Sections
3335@chapter Sections and Relocation
3336@cindex sections
3337@cindex relocation
3338
3339@menu
3340* Secs Background:: Background
3341* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3342* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3343* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3344* bss:: bss Section
3345@end menu
3346
3347@node Secs Background
3348@section Background
3349
3350Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3351``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3352For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3353
3354@cindex linker, and assembler
3355@cindex assembler, and linker
3356The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3357combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3358emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3359@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3360different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3361oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3362sections.
3363
3364@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3365addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3366units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3367within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3368run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3369the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3370the proper run-time addresses.
3371@ifset H8
7be1c489 3372For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3373@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3374ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3375@end ifset
3376
3377@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3378An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3379of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3380@dfn{bss} sections.
3381
c1253627 3382@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3383@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3384When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3385@end ifset
a4fb0134 3386@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3387using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3388If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3389or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3390@end ifset
3391
3392@ifset HPPA
3393@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3394When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3395@end ifset
a4fb0134 3396@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3397specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3398@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3399(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3400assembler directives.
3401
3402@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3403Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3404text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3405is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3406BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3407@end ifset
3408@end ifset
3409
3410Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3411data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3412
3413@ifset HPPA
3414When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3415section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3416@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3417@end ifset
3418
3419To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3420relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3421object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3422@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3423file is mentioned:
3424@itemize @bullet
3425@item
3426Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3427an address?
3428@item
3429How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3430@item
3431Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3432@display
3433(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3434@end display
3435@item
3436Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3437@end itemize
3438
3439@cindex addresses, format of
3440@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3441In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3442@display
3443(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3444@end display
3445@noindent
a4fb0134 3446Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3447nature.
3448@ifset SOM
3449(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3450symbol-relative instead.)
3451@end ifset
3452
3453In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3454@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3455
3456Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3457@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3458addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3459@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3460@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3461data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3462their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3463part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3464address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3465
3466The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3467address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3468rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3469Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3470address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3471common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3472time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3473
3474By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3475the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3476sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3477customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3478the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3479data and bss sections.
3480
3481Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3482use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3483
3484@node Ld Sections
3485@section Linker Sections
3486@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3487
3488@table @strong
3489
c1253627 3490@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3491@cindex named sections
3492@cindex sections, named
3493@item named sections
3494@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3495@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3496@cindex text section
3497@cindex data section
3498@itemx text section
3499@itemx data section
3500@end ifset
a4fb0134 3501These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3502separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3503true of another.
a8eb42a8 3504@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3505When the program is running, however, it is
3506customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3507text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3508instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3509program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3510in the data section.
c1253627 3511@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3512
3513@cindex bss section
3514@item bss section
3515This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3516is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3517each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3518out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3519bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3520those explicit zeros from object files.
3521
3522@cindex absolute section
3523@item absolute section
3524Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3525This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3526not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3527addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3528
3529@cindex undefined section
3530@item undefined section
3531This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3532the preceding sections.
3533@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3534@end table
3535
3536@cindex relocation example
3537An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3538@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3539The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3540@end ifset
3541Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3542
3543@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3544@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3545@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3546@smallexample
3547 +-----+----+--+
3548partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3549 +-----+----+--+
3550
3551 text data bss
3552 seg. seg. seg.
3553
3554 +---+---+---+
3555partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3556 +---+---+---+
3557
3558 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3559linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3560 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3561
3562 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3563@end smallexample
3564@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3565@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3566@need 5000
3567@tex
c1253627 3568\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3569\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3570\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3571\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3572
3573\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3574\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3575\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3576
3577\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3578\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3579\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3580ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3581DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3582
3583\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3584\line{0\dots\hfil}
3585
3586@end tex
3587@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3588
3589@node As Sections
3590@section Assembler Internal Sections
3591
3592@cindex internal assembler sections
3593@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3594These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3595have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3596sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3597warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3598meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3599value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3600section-relative address.
3601
3602@table @b
3603@cindex assembler internal logic error
3604@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3605An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3606bug in the assembler.
3607
3608@cindex expr (internal section)
3609@item expr section
3610The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3611symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3612it in the expr section.
3613@c FIXME item debug
3614@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3615@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3616@c FIXME item register
3617@end table
3618
3619@node Sub-Sections
3620@section Sub-Sections
3621
3622@cindex numbered subsections
3623@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3624@ifset aout
252b5132 3625Assembled bytes
c1253627 3626@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3627conventionally
3628@end ifset
3629fall into two sections: text and data.
3630@end ifset
3631You may have separate groups of
3632@ifset GENERIC
3633data in named sections
3634@end ifset
3635@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3636@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3637data in named sections
3638@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3639@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3640text or data
3641@end ifset
3642@end ifclear
3643that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3644are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3645use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3646numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3647same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3648subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3649section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3650assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3651section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3652constants being output.
3653
3654Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3655goes in subsection number zero.
3656
3657@ifset GENERIC
3658Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3659(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3660of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3661@end ifset
3662@ifclear GENERIC
3663@ifset H8
7be1c489 3664On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3665boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3666The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3667@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3668@end ifclear
3669
3670Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3671to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3672The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3673other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3674They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3675data subsections as a data section.
3676
3677To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3678into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3679@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3680@ifset COFF
252b5132 3681@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3682When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3683@end ifset
3684@ifclear GENERIC
3685You
3686@end ifclear
3687can also use an extra subsection
3688argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3689@var{expression}}.
3690@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3691@ifset ELF
3692@ifset GENERIC
3693When generating ELF output, you
3694@end ifset
3695@ifclear GENERIC
3696You
3697@end ifclear
3698can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3699to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3700@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3701@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3702(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3703is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3704begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3705@smallexample
3706.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3707.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3708.text 1
3709.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3710.data 0
3711.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3712.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3713.text 0
3714.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3715.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3716@end smallexample
3717
3718Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3719assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3720restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3721counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3722@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3723current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3724assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3725
3726@node bss
3727@section bss Section
3728
3729@cindex bss section
3730@cindex common variable storage
3731The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3732You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3733not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3734your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3735section are zeroed bytes.
3736
3737The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3738@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3739
3740The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3741another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3742
3743@ifset GENERIC
3744When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3745COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3746see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3747section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3748@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3749@end ifset
3750
3751@node Symbols
3752@chapter Symbols
3753
3754@cindex symbols
3755Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3756things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3757to debug.
3758
3759@quotation
3760@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3761@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3762the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3763@end quotation
3764
3765@menu
3766* Labels:: Labels
3767* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3768* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3769* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3770* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3771@end menu
3772
3773@node Labels
3774@section Labels
3775
3776@cindex labels
3777A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3778@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3779active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3780operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3781different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3782definitions.
3783
3784@ifset HPPA
3785On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3786colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3787a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3788provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3789@end ifset
3790
3791@node Setting Symbols
3792@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3793
3794@cindex assigning values to symbols
3795@cindex symbol values, assigning
3796A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3797by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3798(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3799directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3800equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3801@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3802
f8739b83
JZ
3803@ifset Blackfin
3804Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3805@end ifset
3806
252b5132
RH
3807@node Symbol Names
3808@section Symbol Names
3809
3810@cindex symbol names
3811@cindex names, symbol
3812@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3813Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3814machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3815noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3816string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3817particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3818@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3819@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3820@ifset H8
3821Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3822Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3823character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3824on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3825@end ifset
3826@end ifset
3827
3828Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3829than @code{Foo}.
3830
ed1fcdd1
NC
3831Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3832Local Labels. See below.
3833
7bfd842d
NC
3834Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3835multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3836@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3837currently supported.
3838
252b5132
RH
3839Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3840refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3841in a program.
3842
3843@subheading Local Symbol Names
3844
3845@cindex local symbol names
3846@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3847A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3848By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3849@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3850set of local label prefixes.
3851@ifset HPPA
3852On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3853@end ifset
3854
3855Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3856normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3857You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3858to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3859
3860@subheading Local Labels
3861
3862@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3863@cindex temporary symbol names
3864@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3865Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3866programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3867be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3868referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3869the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3870To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3871@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3872to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3873stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3874
3875There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3876too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3877the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3878defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3879definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3880noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3881implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3882
3883Here is an example:
3884
3885@smallexample
38861: branch 1f
38872: branch 1b
38881: branch 2f
38892: branch 1b
3890@end smallexample
3891
3892Which is the equivalent of:
3893
3894@smallexample
3895label_1: branch label_3
3896label_2: branch label_1
3897label_3: branch label_4
3898label_4: branch label_3
3899@end smallexample
3900
ba83aca1 3901Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3902transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3903The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3904are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3905these parts:
252b5132
RH
3906
3907@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3908@item @emph{local label prefix}
3909All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3910Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3911that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3912used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3913@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3914object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3915you may use them in debugging.
3916
2d5aaba0
NC
3917@item @var{number}
3918This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3919label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3920
2d5aaba0
NC
3921@item @kbd{C-B}
3922This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3923of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3924
3925@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3926This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3927@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3928number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3929the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3930@end table
3931
ba83aca1
BW
3932So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3933the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3934
3935@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3936@cindex dollar local symbols
3937
ed1fcdd1
NC
3938On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3939local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3940become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3941valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3942by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3943by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3944
3945Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3946except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3947@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3948
3949They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3950names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3951to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3952@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3953
3954@node Dot
3955@section The Special Dot Symbol
3956
3957@cindex dot (symbol)
3958@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3959@cindex current address
3960@cindex location counter
3961The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3962@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3963.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3964Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3965directive.
252b5132 3966@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3967Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3968@samp{.space 4}.
3969@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3970
3971@node Symbol Attributes
3972@section Symbol Attributes
3973
3974@cindex symbol attributes
3975@cindex attributes, symbol
3976Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3977``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3978attributes.
3979@ifset INTERNALS
3980The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3981@end ifset
3982
a4fb0134 3983If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3984all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3985symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3986would want.
3987
3988@menu
3989* Symbol Value:: Value
3990* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3991@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3992* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3993@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3994@ifset COFF
3995* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3996@end ifset
3997@ifset SOM
3998* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3999@end ifset
4000@end menu
4001
4002@node Symbol Value
4003@subsection Value
4004
4005@cindex value of a symbol
4006@cindex symbol value
4007The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4008location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4009number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4010Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4011as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4012symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4013called absolute.
4014
4015The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40160 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4017@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4018same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4019name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4020common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4021bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4022allocated storage.
4023
4024@node Symbol Type
4025@subsection Type
4026
4027@cindex type of a symbol
4028@cindex symbol type
4029The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4030information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4031(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4032format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4033
a8eb42a8 4034@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4035@node a.out Symbols
4036@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4037
4038@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4039@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4040
252b5132
RH
4041@menu
4042* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4043* Symbol Other:: Other
4044@end menu
4045
4046@node Symbol Desc
4047@subsubsection Descriptor
4048
4049@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4050This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4051descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4052(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4053@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4054
4055@node Symbol Other
4056@subsubsection Other
4057
4058@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4059This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4060@end ifset
4061
4062@ifset COFF
4063@node COFF Symbols
4064@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4065
4066@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4067@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4068
4069The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4070like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4071@code{.endef} directives.
4072
4073@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4074
4075@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4076The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4077respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4078
4079@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4080
4081@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4082The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4083@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4084table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4085@end ifset
4086
4087@ifset SOM
4088@node SOM Symbols
4089@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4090
4091@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4092@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4093
4094The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4095the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4096
01642c12 4097The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4098Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4099@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4100@end ifset
4101
4102@node Expressions
4103@chapter Expressions
4104
4105@cindex expressions
4106@cindex addresses
4107@cindex numeric values
4108An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4109Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4110
4111The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4112a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4113enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4114section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4115the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4116@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4117
4118@menu
4119* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4120* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4121@end menu
4122
4123@node Empty Exprs
4124@section Empty Expressions
4125
4126@cindex empty expressions
4127@cindex expressions, empty
4128An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4129Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4130expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4131is compatible with other assemblers.
4132
4133@node Integer Exprs
4134@section Integer Expressions
4135
4136@cindex integer expressions
4137@cindex expressions, integer
4138An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4139by @emph{operators}.
4140
4141@menu
4142* Arguments:: Arguments
4143* Operators:: Operators
4144* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4145* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4146@end menu
4147
4148@node Arguments
4149@subsection Arguments
4150
4151@cindex expression arguments
4152@cindex arguments in expressions
4153@cindex operands in expressions
4154@cindex arithmetic operands
4155@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4156contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4157this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4158the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4159expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4160instruction operands.
4161
4162Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4163@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4164or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4165integer.
4166
4167Numbers are usually integers.
4168
4169A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4170that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4171these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4172instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4173assemblers.
4174
4175@cindex subexpressions
4176Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4177expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4178operator followed by an argument.
4179
4180@node Operators
4181@subsection Operators
4182
4183@cindex operators, in expressions
4184@cindex arithmetic functions
4185@cindex functions, in expressions
4186@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4187operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4188between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4189whitespace.
4190
4191@node Prefix Ops
4192@subsection Prefix Operator
4193
4194@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4195@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4196one argument, which must be absolute.
4197
4198@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4199@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4200@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4201@tex
4202\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4203@end tex
4204
4205@table @code
4206@item -
4207@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4208@item ~
4209@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4210@end table
4211
4212@tex
4213\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4214@end tex
4215
4216@node Infix Ops
4217@subsection Infix Operators
4218
4219@cindex infix operators
4220@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4221@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4222have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4223to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4224absolute, and the result is absolute.
4225
4226@enumerate
4227@cindex operator precedence
4228@cindex precedence of operators
4229
4230@item
4231Highest Precedence
4232
4233@table @code
4234@item *
4235@dfn{Multiplication}.
4236
4237@item /
4238@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4239
4240@item %
4241@dfn{Remainder}.
4242
d1eac9d9 4243@item <<
252b5132
RH
4244@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4245
d1eac9d9 4246@item >>
252b5132
RH
4247@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4248@end table
4249
4250@item
4251Intermediate precedence
4252
4253@table @code
4254@item |
4255
4256@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4257
4258@item &
4259@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4260
4261@item ^
4262@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4263
4264@item !
4265@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4266@end table
4267
4268@item
b131d4dc 4269Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4270
4271@table @code
4272@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4273@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4274@cindex arguments for addition
4275@item +
4276@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4277the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4278sections.
4279
4280@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4281@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4282@cindex arguments for subtraction
4283@item -
4284@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4285result has the section of the left argument.
4286If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4287You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4288@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4289
4290@cindex comparison expressions
4291@cindex expressions, comparison
4292@item ==
4293@dfn{Is Equal To}
4294@item <>
723a8472 4295@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4296@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4297@item <
4298@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4299@item >
b131d4dc 4300@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4301@item >=
b131d4dc 4302@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4303@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4304@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4305
4306The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4307value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4308perform signed comparisons.
4309@end table
4310
4311@item Lowest Precedence
4312
4313@table @code
4314@item &&
4315@dfn{Logical And}.
4316
4317@item ||
4318@dfn{Logical Or}.
4319
4320These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4321expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4322value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4323or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4324
252b5132
RH
4325@end table
4326@end enumerate
4327
4328In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4329address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4330
4331@node Pseudo Ops
4332@chapter Assembler Directives
4333
4334@cindex directives, machine independent
4335@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4336@cindex machine independent directives
4337All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4338The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4339in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4340
4341This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4342target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4343@ifset GENERIC
4344Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4345@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4346@end ifset
4347@ifclear GENERIC
4348@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4349@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4350@end ifset
4351@end ifclear
4352
4353@menu
4354* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4355@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4356* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4357@end ifset
f0dc282c 4358
915808f6 4359* Align:: @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
caa32fe5 4360* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4361* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4362* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
915808f6 4363* Balign:: @code{.balign [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]}
d3b47e2b 4364* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4365* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4366* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4367* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4368* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4369* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4370* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4371* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4372@ifset COFF
4373* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4374@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4375@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4376* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4377@end ifset
4378@ifset COFF
4379* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4380@end ifset
f0dc282c 4381
252b5132
RH
4382* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4383* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4384* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4385* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4386* End:: @code{.end}
4387@ifset COFF
4388* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4389@end ifset
f0dc282c 4390
252b5132
RH
4391* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4392* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4393* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4394* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4395* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4396* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4397* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4398* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4399* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4400* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4401* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4402* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4403* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4404* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4405* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4406@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4407* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4408* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4409@end ifset
f0dc282c 4410
252b5132
RH
4411* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4412* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4413* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4414* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4415* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4416* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4417@ifset ELF
4418* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4419@end ifset
f0dc282c 4420
252b5132
RH
4421* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4422* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4423* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4424* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4425@ifclear no-line-dir
4426* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4427@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4428
252b5132
RH
4429* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4430* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4431* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4432* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4433* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4434@ifset ELF
4435* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4436@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4437
252b5132
RH
4438* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4439@ignore
4440* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4441@end ignore
f0dc282c 4442
252b5132
RH
4443* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4444* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4445* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4446* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4447* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4448* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4449* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291 4450* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
915808f6 4451* P2align:: @code{.p2align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
c91d2e08
NC
4452@ifset ELF
4453* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4454* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4455@end ifset
f0dc282c 4456
252b5132 4457* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4458@ifset ELF
4459* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4460@end ifset
f0dc282c 4461
252b5132
RH
4462* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4463* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4464@ifset ELF
4465* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4466@end ifset
f0dc282c 4467
252b5132 4468* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4469* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4470* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4471* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4472@ifset COFF
4473* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4474@end ifset
4475@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4476* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4477@end ifset
f0dc282c 4478
252b5132
RH
4479* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4480* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4481* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4482@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4483* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4484@end ifset
884f0d36 4485@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4486* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4487@end ifclear
4488
252b5132 4489* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4490@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4491* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4492@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4493@ifset have-stabs
4494* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4495@end ifset
f0dc282c 4496
38a57ae7 4497* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4498* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4499@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4500* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
6914be53 4501* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}[,@var{visibility}]}
252b5132 4502@end ifset
f0dc282c 4503
252b5132
RH
4504@ifset COFF
4505* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4506@end ifset
f0dc282c 4507
252b5132
RH
4508* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4509* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
4c8584be
L
4510@ifset ELF
4511* Tls_common:: @code{.tls_common @var{symbol}, @var{length}[, @var{alignment}]}
4512@end ifset
c1253627 4513@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4514* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4515@end ifset
4516
c91d2e08 4517* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4518@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4519* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4520@end ifset
f0dc282c 4521
2e13b764 4522@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4523* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4524* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4525* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4526@end ifset
f0dc282c 4527
d190d046 4528* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4529* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4530* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4531* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4532@ifclear no-space-dir
4533* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4534@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4535@ifset ELF
4536* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4537* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4538* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4539@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4540* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4541@end menu
4542
4543@node Abort
4544@section @code{.abort}
4545
4546@cindex @code{abort} directive
4547@cindex stopping the assembly
4548This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4549compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4550assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4551of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4552quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4553
4554@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4555@node ABORT (COFF)
4556@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4557
4558@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4559When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4560synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4561
252b5132
RH
4562@end ifset
4563
4564@node Align
915808f6 4565@section @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4566
4567@cindex padding the location counter
4568@cindex @code{align} directive
4569Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4570boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
915808f6
NC
4571required, as described below. If this expression is omitted then a default
4572value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4573
4574The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4575padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4576padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4577marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4578with no-op instructions.
4579
4580The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4581it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4582directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4583specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4584fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4585required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4586with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4587
4588The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4589For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
5b660084 4590s390, sparc, tic4x and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4591alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4592the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4593is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4594first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4595
9e9a9798 4596For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4597strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4598number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4599advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 4600counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
4601multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4602
4603This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4604native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4605GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4606described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4607architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4608
ccf8a69b
BW
4609@node Altmacro
4610@section @code{.altmacro}
4611Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4612
4613@ftable @code
4614@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4615One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4616generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4617replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4618replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4619separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4620define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4621
4622@item String delimiters
4623You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4624@code{"@var{string}"}:
4625
4626@table @code
4627@item '@var{string}'
4628You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4629
4630@item <@var{string}>
4631You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4632@end table
4633
4634@item single-character string escape
4635To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4636character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4637character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4638write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4639
4640@item Expression results as strings
4641You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4642and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4643@end ftable
4644
252b5132
RH
4645@node Ascii
4646@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4647
4648@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4649@cindex string literals
4650@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4651separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4652trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4653
4654@node Asciz
4655@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4656
4657@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4658@cindex zero-terminated strings
4659@cindex null-terminated strings
4660@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4661a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4662
4663@node Balign
915808f6 4664@section @code{.balign[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4665
4666@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4667@cindex @code{balign} directive
4668Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4669storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4670alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4671the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
915808f6
NC
4672is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted
4673then a default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4674
4675The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4676padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4677padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4678marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4679with no-op instructions.
4680
4681The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4682it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4683directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4684specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4685fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4686required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4687with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4688
4689@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4690@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4691The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4692@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4693pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4694fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46954,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4696filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4697the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4698undefined.
4699
fa94de6b 4700@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4701@section Bundle directives
4702@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4703@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4704@cindex bundle
4705@cindex instruction bundle
4706@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4707@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4708bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4709into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4710disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4711gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4712@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4713
4714For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4715certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4716instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4717@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4718chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4719effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4720instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4721that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4722end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4723starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4724instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4725
d3b47e2b 4726@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4727@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4728@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4729The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4730allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4731are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4732aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4733@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4734directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4735
4736@cindex bundle-locked
4737For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4738appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4739instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4740and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4741instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4742sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4743@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4744entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4745boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4746first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4747aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4748bundle size.
4749
d416e51d
RM
4750For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4751inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4752nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4753@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4754matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4755same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4756
252b5132
RH
4757@node Byte
4758@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4759
4760@cindex @code{byte} directive
4761@cindex integers, one byte
4762@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4763Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4764
54cfded0 4765@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4766@section CFI directives
4767@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4768@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4769@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4770should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4771If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4772if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4773To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4774directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4775
2f0c68f2
CM
4776On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4777by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4778
bd5608dc
NC
4779Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4780which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4781
4782The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4783arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4784generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4785redefine it will result in an error.
4786
d3b47e2b 4787@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4788@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4789@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4790should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4791data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4792@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4793
01642c12 4794Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4795it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4796
d3b47e2b 4797@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4798@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4799@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4800unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4801@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4802
d3b47e2b 4803@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4804@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4805@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4806@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4807should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4808argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4809a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4810the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4811can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4812The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4813no personality routine.
4814
2f0c68f2
CM
4815@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4816@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4817@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4818defined in a compact unwinding format.
4819Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4820with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4821
4822@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4823@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4824@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4825used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4826@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4827in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4828Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4829with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4830
d3b47e2b 4831@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4832@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4833@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4834should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4835argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4836or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4837meaning that no LSDA is present.
4838
4839@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4840@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4841switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4842Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4843Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4844with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4845
4846The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4847so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4848referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4849in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4850by a section directive.
4851
4852The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4853The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4854@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4855
d3b47e2b 4856@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4857@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4858address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4859
d3b47e2b 4860@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4861@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4862now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4863remains the same.
4864
d3b47e2b 4865@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4866@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4867remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4868absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4869CFA address.
4870
d3b47e2b 4871@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4872Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4873value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4874
d3b47e2b 4875@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4876Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4877CFA.
54cfded0 4878
084303b8
AK
4879@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4880Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4881
d3b47e2b 4882@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4883Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4884the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4885using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4886This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4887code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4888
d3b47e2b 4889@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4890Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4891
d3b47e2b 4892@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4893@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4894same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4895instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4896
d3b47e2b 4897@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4898From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4899
d3b47e2b 4900@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4901Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4902i.e. no restoration needed.
4903
48eac74c
MG
4904@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4905@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4906implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4907places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4908multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4909flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4910the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4911
4912@smallexample
4913 je label
4914 popq %rbx
4915 .cfi_restore %rbx
4916 popq %r12
4917 .cfi_restore %r12
4918 popq %rbp
4919 .cfi_restore %rbp
4920 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4921 ret
4922label:
4923 /* Do something else */
4924@end smallexample
4925
4926Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4927to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4928@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4929locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4930@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4931we can write:
4932
4933@smallexample
4934 je label
4935 popq %rbx
4936 .cfi_remember_state
4937 .cfi_restore %rbx
4938 popq %r12
4939 .cfi_restore %r12
4940 popq %rbp
4941 .cfi_restore %rbp
4942 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4943 ret
4944label:
4945 .cfi_restore_state
4946 /* Do something else */
4947@end smallexample
4948
4949That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4950as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4951@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4952
d3b47e2b 4953@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4954Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4955directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4956
d3b47e2b 4957@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4958Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4959
d3b47e2b 4960@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4961SPARC register window has been saved.
4962
d3b47e2b 4963@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4964Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4965might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4966opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4967
d3b47e2b 4968@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4969The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4970will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4971description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4972
4973The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4974limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4975mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4976by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4977or another register.
4978
ccf8a69b
BW
4979@node Comm
4980@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4981
ccf8a69b
BW
4982@cindex @code{comm} directive
4983@cindex symbol, common
4984@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4985common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4986of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4987definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4988allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4989absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4990the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4991using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4992
c1711530
DK
4993@ifset COFF-ELF
4994When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4995an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4996specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4997that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4998as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4999boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 5000power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 5001common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 5002alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 5003largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5004maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5005is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5006@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5007multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5008It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5009(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5010@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5011
ccf8a69b
BW
5012@ifset HPPA
5013The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5014@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5015@end ifset
07a53e5c 5016
252b5132
RH
5017@node Data
5018@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 5019@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 5020
a4fb0134 5021@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5022end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5023absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5024to zero.
5025
340d33e5
NC
5026@node Dc
5027@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
5028@cindex @code{dc} directive
5029
46c685ac 5030The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
5031commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
5032current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
5033@code{.dc} directive:
5034
5035@table @code
5036@item @samp{.a}
5037Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5038@item @samp{.b}
5039Emits 8-bit values.
5040@item @samp{.d}
5041Emits double precision floating-point values.
5042@item @samp{.l}
5043Emits 32-bit values.
5044@item @samp{.s}
5045Emits single precision floating-point values.
5046@item @samp{.w}
5047Emits 16-bit values.
5048Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
504932-bit values.
5050@item @samp{.x}
5051Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5052@end table
5053
5054If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5055
d7c79856
MR
5056The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5057point values.
340d33e5
NC
5058
5059@node Dcb
5060@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5061@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5062This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5063bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5064comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5065@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5066
5067@table @code
5068@item @samp{.b}
5069Emits single byte values.
5070@item @samp{.d}
5071Emits double-precision floating point values.
5072@item @samp{.l}
5073Emits 4-byte values.
5074@item @samp{.s}
5075Emits single-precision floating point values.
5076@item @samp{.w}
5077Emits 2-byte values.
5078@item @samp{.x}
5079Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5080@end table
5081
5082If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5083
5084The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5085point values.
5086
5087@node Ds
5088@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5089@cindex @code{ds} directive
5090This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5091bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5092comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5093@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5094
5095@table @code
5096@item @samp{.b}
5097Emits single byte values.
5098@item @samp{.d}
5099Emits 8-byte values.
5100@item @samp{.l}
5101Emits 4-byte values.
5102@item @samp{.p}
5103Emits 12-byte values.
5104@item @samp{.s}
5105Emits 4-byte values.
5106@item @samp{.w}
5107Emits 2-byte values.
5108@item @samp{.x}
5109Emits 12-byte values.
5110@end table
5111
5112Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5113suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5114
5115If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5116
d7c79856 5117The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5118
5119
252b5132
RH
5120@ifset COFF
5121@node Def
5122@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5123
5124@cindex @code{def} directive
5125@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5126@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5127Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5128definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5129@end ifset
5130
a8eb42a8 5131@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5132@node Desc
5133@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5134
5135@cindex @code{desc} directive
5136@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5137@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5138This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5139to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5140
5141@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5142The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5143configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5144object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5145it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5146@end ifset
5147@end ifset
5148
5149@ifset COFF
5150@node Dim
5151@section @code{.dim}
5152
5153@cindex @code{dim} directive
5154@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5155@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5156This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5157information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5158@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5159@end ifset
5160
5161@node Double
5162@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5163
5164@cindex @code{double} directive
5165@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5166@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5167assembles floating point numbers.
5168@ifset GENERIC
5169The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5170@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5171@end ifset
5172@ifclear GENERIC
5173@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5174On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5175in @sc{ieee} format.
5176@end ifset
5177@end ifclear
5178
5179@node Eject
5180@section @code{.eject}
5181
5182@cindex @code{eject} directive
5183@cindex new page, in listings
5184@cindex page, in listings
5185@cindex listing control: new page
5186Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5187
5188@node Else
5189@section @code{.else}
5190
5191@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5192@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5193assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5194of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5195was false.
5196
3fd9f047
TW
5197@node Elseif
5198@section @code{.elseif}
5199
5200@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5201@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5202assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5203@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5204
252b5132
RH
5205@node End
5206@section @code{.end}
5207
5208@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5209@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5210process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5211
5212@ifset COFF
5213@node Endef
5214@section @code{.endef}
5215
5216@cindex @code{endef} directive
5217This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5218@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5219@end ifset
5220
5221@node Endfunc
5222@section @code{.endfunc}
5223@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5224@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5225
5226@node Endif
5227@section @code{.endif}
5228
5229@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5230@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5231it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5232conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5233
5234@node Equ
5235@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5236
5237@cindex @code{equ} directive
5238@cindex assigning values to symbols
5239@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5240This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5241It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5242
5243@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5244The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5245@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5246@end ifset
5247
3c9b82ba 5248@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5249The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5250@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5251On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5252but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5253Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5254@end ifset
5255
252b5132
RH
5256@node Equiv
5257@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5258@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5259The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5260the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5261symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5262undefined.
252b5132 5263
01642c12 5264Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5265@smallexample
5266.ifdef SYM
5267.err
5268.endif
5269.equ SYM,VAL
5270@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5271plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5272
5273@node Eqv
5274@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5275@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5276The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5277evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5278the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5279value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5280
5281@node Err
5282@section @code{.err}
5283@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5284If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5285message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5286object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5287
d190d046
HPN
5288@node Error
5289@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5290@cindex error directive
5291
5292Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5293string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5294message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5295@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5296
5297@smallexample
5298 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5299@end smallexample
5300
252b5132
RH
5301@node Exitm
5302@section @code{.exitm}
5303Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5304
5305@node Extern
5306@section @code{.extern}
5307
5308@cindex @code{extern} directive
5309@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5310with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5311all undefined symbols as external.
5312
5313@node Fail
5314@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5315
5316@cindex @code{fail} directive
5317Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5318or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5319than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5320include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5321complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5322
252b5132 5323@node File
14082c76 5324@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5325@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5326
5327@ifclear no-file-dir
5328There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5329that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5330@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5331
5332@subheading Default Version
5333
252b5132
RH
5334@cindex logical file name
5335@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5336This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5337are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5338
5339@smallexample
5340.file @var{string}
5341@end smallexample
5342
5343@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5344recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5345to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5346statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5347old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5348
5349@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5350@end ifclear
5351
14082c76
BW
5352When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5353to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5354
5355@smallexample
5356.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5357@end smallexample
5358
5359The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5360index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5496f3c6
NC
5361literal enclosed in double quotes. The @var{filename} can include directory
5362elements. If it does, then the directory will be added to the directory table
5363and the basename will be added to the file table.
14082c76
BW
5364
5365The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5366table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5367information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5368entries will have.
5369
5496f3c6
NC
5370If DWARF-5 support has been enabled via the @option{-gdwarf-5} option then
5371an extended version of the @code{file} is also allowed:
5372
5373@smallexample
5374.file @var{fileno} [@var{dirname}] @var{filename} [md5 @var{value}]
5375@end smallexample
5376
5377With this version a separate directory name is allowed, although if this is
5378used then @var{filename} should not contain any directory components. In
5379addtion an md5 hash value of the contents of @var{filename} can be provided.
5380This will be stored in the the file table as well, and can be used by tools
5381reading the debug information to verify that the contents of the source file
5382match the contents of the compiled file.
5383
252b5132
RH
5384@node Fill
5385@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5386
5387@cindex @code{fill} directive
5388@cindex writing patterns in memory
5389@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5390@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5391This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5392may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5393more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5394other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5395is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5396zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5397byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5398Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5399@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5400compatible with other people's assemblers.
5401
5402@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5403If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5404assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5405@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5406
5407@node Float
5408@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5409
5410@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5411@cindex @code{float} directive
5412This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5413has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5414@ifset GENERIC
5415The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5416@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5417@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5418@end ifset
5419@ifclear GENERIC
5420@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5421On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5422in @sc{ieee} format.
5423@end ifset
5424@end ifclear
5425
5426@node Func
5427@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5428@cindex @code{func} directive
5429@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5430is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5431Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5432@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5433prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5434@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5435All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5436The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5437
5438@node Global
5439@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5440
5441@cindex @code{global} directive
5442@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5443@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5444@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5445other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5446@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5447from another file linked into the same program.
5448
5449Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5450compatibility with other assemblers.
5451
5452@ifset HPPA
5453On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5454partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5455@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5456@end ifset
5457
c91d2e08 5458@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5459@node Gnu_attribute
5460@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5461Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5462
c91d2e08
NC
5463@node Hidden
5464@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5465
c1253627
NC
5466@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5467@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5468This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5469@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5470@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5471
5472This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5473their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5474@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5475Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5476@end ifset
5477
252b5132
RH
5478@node hword
5479@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5480
5481@cindex @code{hword} directive
5482@cindex integers, 16-bit
5483@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5484@cindex sixteen bit integers
5485This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5486a 16 bit number for each.
5487
5488@ifset GENERIC
5489This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5490architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5491@end ifset
5492@ifclear GENERIC
5493@ifset W32
5494This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5495@end ifset
5496@ifset W16
5497This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5498@end ifset
5499@end ifclear
5500
5501@node Ident
5502@section @code{.ident}
5503
5504@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5505
5506This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5507behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5508a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5509source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5510for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5511@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5512emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5513
5514@node If
5515@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5516
5517@cindex conditional assembly
5518@cindex @code{if} directive
5519@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5520considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5521(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5522the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5523(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5524alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5525If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5526nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5527
5528The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5529@table @code
5530@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5531@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5532Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5533has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5534is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5535
26aca5f6
JB
5536@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5537@item .ifb @var{text}
5538Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5539
252b5132
RH
5540@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5541@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5542Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5543strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5544the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5545end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5546string comparison is case sensitive.
5547
5548@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5549@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5550Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5551
5552@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5553@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5554Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5555
5556@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5557@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5558Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5559equal to zero.
5560
5561@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5562@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5563Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5564
5565@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5566@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5567Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5568to zero.
5569
5570@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5571@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5572Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5573
26aca5f6
JB
5574@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5575@item .ifnb @var{text}
5576Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5577following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5578
252b5132
RH
5579@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5580@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5581Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5582following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5583
5584@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5585@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5586@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5587@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5588Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5589has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5590which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5591
5592@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5593@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5594Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5595(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5596
5597@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5598@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5599Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5600following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5601@end table
5602
7e005732
NC
5603@node Incbin
5604@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5605
5606@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5607@cindex binary files, including
5608The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5609location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5610option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5611around @var{file}.
5612
5613The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5614@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5615read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5616responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5617after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5618
252b5132
RH
5619@node Include
5620@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5621
5622@cindex @code{include} directive
5623@cindex supporting files, including
5624@cindex files, including
5625This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5626points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5627if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5628included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5629can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5630(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5631around @var{file}.
5632
5633@node Int
5634@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5635
5636@cindex @code{int} directive
5637@cindex integers, 32-bit
5638Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5639For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5640expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5641of target the assembly is for.
5642
5643@ifclear GENERIC
5644@ifset H8
7be1c489 5645On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5646integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
564732-bit integers.
5648@end ifset
5649@end ifclear
5650
c91d2e08
NC
5651@ifset ELF
5652@node Internal
5653@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5654
c1253627
NC
5655@cindex @code{internal} directive
5656@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5657This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5658@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5659@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5660
5661This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5662their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5663@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5664(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5665processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5666@end ifset
5667
252b5132
RH
5668@node Irp
5669@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5670
5671@cindex @code{irp} directive
5672Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5673The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5674terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5675set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5676@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5677@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5678sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5679
5680For example, assembling
5681
5682@example
5683 .irp param,1,2,3
5684 move d\param,sp@@-
5685 .endr
5686@end example
5687
5688is equivalent to assembling
5689
5690@example
5691 move d1,sp@@-
5692 move d2,sp@@-
5693 move d3,sp@@-
5694@end example
5695
96e9638b 5696For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5697
252b5132
RH
5698@node Irpc
5699@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5700
5701@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5702Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5703The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5704terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5705@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5706assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5707assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5708@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5709
5710For example, assembling
5711
5712@example
5713 .irpc param,123
5714 move d\param,sp@@-
5715 .endr
5716@end example
5717
5718is equivalent to assembling
5719
5720@example
5721 move d1,sp@@-
5722 move d2,sp@@-
5723 move d3,sp@@-
5724@end example
5725
5e75c3ab
JB
5726For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5727at @xref{Macro}.
5728
252b5132
RH
5729@node Lcomm
5730@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5731
5732@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5733@cindex local common symbols
5734@cindex symbols, local common
5735Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5736denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5737those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5738section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5739is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5740not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5741
5742@ifset GENERIC
5743Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5744argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5745@end ifset
5746
5747@ifset HPPA
5748The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5749@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5750@end ifset
5751
5752@node Lflags
5753@section @code{.lflags}
5754
5755@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5756@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5757assemblers, but ignores it.
5758
5759@ifclear no-line-dir
5760@node Line
5761@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5762
5763@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5764@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5765@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5766Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5767expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5768statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5769reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5770@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5771for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5772@end ifset
5773
252b5132 5774Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5775@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5776when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5777were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5778@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5779
5780Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5781used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5782debugging.
5783@end ifclear
5784
5785@node Linkonce
5786@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5787@cindex COMDAT
5788@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5789@cindex common sections
5790Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5791This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5792but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5793The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5794Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5795unique.
5796
5797This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5798writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5799Executable format used on Windows NT.
5800
5801The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5802following strings. For example:
5803@smallexample
5804.linkonce same_size
5805@end smallexample
5806Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5807
5808@table @code
5809@item discard
5810Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5811
5812@item one_only
5813Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5814
5815@item same_size
5816Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5817
5818@item same_contents
5819Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5820@end table
5821
ccf8a69b
BW
5822@node List
5823@section @code{.list}
5824
5825@cindex @code{list} directive
5826@cindex listing control, turning on
5827Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5828not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5829internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5830counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5831generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5832
5833By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5834@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5835the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5836
252b5132
RH
5837@node Ln
5838@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5839
5840@cindex @code{ln} directive
5841@ifclear no-line-dir
5842@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5843@end ifclear
5844@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5845Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5846must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5847line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5848statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5849line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5850@end ifset
5851
ccf8a69b
BW
5852@node Loc
5853@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5854@cindex @code{loc} directive
5855When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5856the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5857number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5858instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5859arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5860the row is added.
252b5132 5861
ccf8a69b
BW
5862The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5863
5864@table @code
5865@item basic_block
5866This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5867@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5868
5869@item prologue_end
5870This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5871@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5872
5873@item epilogue_begin
5874This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5875@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5876
5877@item is_stmt @var{value}
5878This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5879@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5880either 0 or 1.
5881
5882@item isa @var{value}
5883This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5884state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5885
92846e72
CC
5886@item discriminator @var{value}
5887This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5888state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5889
ba8826a8
AO
5890@item view @var{value}
5891This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5892current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5893instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5894@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5895@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5896directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5897@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5898that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5899location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5900the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5901@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5902
ccf8a69b
BW
5903@end table
5904
5905@node Loc_mark_labels
5906@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5907@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5908When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5909the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5910to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5911register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5912The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5913this function respectively.
252b5132 5914
4d4175af
BW
5915@ifset ELF
5916@node Local
5917@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5918
5919@cindex @code{local} directive
5920This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5921the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5922will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5923they will be created.
5924
5925For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5926accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5927the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5928(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5929@end ifset
5930
252b5132
RH
5931@node Long
5932@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5933
5934@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5935@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5936
5937@ignore
5938@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5939@c what it really ought to do
5940@node Lsym
5941@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5942
5943@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5944@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5945@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5946the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5947rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5948the same as the expression value:
5949@smallexample
5950@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5951@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5952@var{value} = @var{expression}
5953@end smallexample
5954@noindent
5955The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5956@end ignore
5957
5958@node Macro
5959@section @code{.macro}
5960
5961@cindex macros
5962The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5963generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5964@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5965
5966@example
5967 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5968 .long \from
5969 .if \to-\from
5970 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5971 .endif
5972 .endm
5973@end example
5974
5975@noindent
5976With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5977
5978@example
5979 .long 0
5980 .long 1
5981 .long 2
5982 .long 3
5983 .long 4
5984 .long 5
5985@end example
5986
5987@ftable @code
5988@item .macro @var{macname}
5989@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5990@cindex @code{macro} directive
5991Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5992definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5993separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5994indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5995@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5996(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5997macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5998cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5999subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 6000definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
6001
6002@table @code
6003@item .macro comm
6004Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
6005arguments.
6006
6258339f 6007@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
6008@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
6009Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
6010which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
6011@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
6012
6013@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
6014Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
6015arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
6016After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
6017@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
6018@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
6019,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
6020@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 6021
6eaeac8a
JB
6022@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
6023Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
6024arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
6025not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
6026will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
6027
252b5132
RH
6028When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
6029position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
6030@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
6031
6258339f
NC
6032@end table
6033
5e75c3ab
JB
6034Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
6035as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
6036occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 6037characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 6038(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 6039architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
6040character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
6041replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
6042construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
6043identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
6044this macro definition:
6045
6046@example
6047 .macro label l
6048\l:
6049 .endm
6050@end example
6051
6052might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6053called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6054assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6055identifier.
6056
6057Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6058which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6059for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6060length specifier like this:
6061
6062@example
6063 .macro opcode base length
6064 \base.\length
6065 .endm
6066@end example
6067
6068and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6069instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6070interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6071
6072There are several possible ways around this problem:
6073
6074@table @code
6075@item Insert white space
6076If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6077solution. eg:
6078
6079@example
6080 .macro label l
6081\l :
6082 .endm
6083@end example
6084
6085@item Use @samp{\()}
6086The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6087the following text. eg:
6088
6089@example
6090 .macro opcode base length
6091 \base\().\length
6092 .endm
6093@end example
6094
6095@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6096In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6097used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6098
6099@example
6100 .altmacro
6101 .macro label l
6102l&:
6103 .endm
6104@end example
6258339f 6105@end table
5e75c3ab 6106
96e9638b 6107Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6108also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6109and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6110
252b5132
RH
6111@item .endm
6112@cindex @code{endm} directive
6113Mark the end of a macro definition.
6114
6115@item .exitm
6116@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6117Exit early from the current macro definition.
6118
6119@cindex number of macros executed
6120@cindex macros, count executed
6121@item \@@
a4fb0134 6122@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6123executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6124output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6125
252b5132
RH
6126@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6127@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6128macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6129@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6130@end ftable
252b5132 6131
ccf8a69b
BW
6132@node MRI
6133@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6134
ccf8a69b
BW
6135@cindex @code{mri} directive
6136@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6137If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6138@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6139affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6140of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6141
caa32fe5
NC
6142@node Noaltmacro
6143@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6144Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6145
252b5132
RH
6146@node Nolist
6147@section @code{.nolist}
6148
6149@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6150@cindex listing control, turning off
6151Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6152not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6153internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6154counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6155generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6156
8f065d3b
L
6157@node Nops
6158@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6159
8f065d3b 6160@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6161@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6162This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6163@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6164@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6165the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6166zero.
6167
6168Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6169the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6170are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6171older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6172tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6173instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6174
252b5132
RH
6175@node Octa
6176@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6177
a8eb42a8 6178@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6179@cindex @code{octa} directive
6180@cindex integer, 16-byte
6181@cindex sixteen byte integer
6182This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6183bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6184
6185The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6186hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6187
9aec2026
NC
6188@node Offset
6189@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6190
6191@cindex @code{offset} directive
6192Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6193be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6194symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6195directive.
9aec2026 6196
252b5132
RH
6197@node Org
6198@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6199
6200@cindex @code{org} directive
6201@cindex location counter, advancing
6202@cindex advancing location counter
6203@cindex current address, advancing
6204Advance the location counter of the current section to
6205@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6206expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6207you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6208wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6209with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6210@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6211is the same as the current subsection.
6212
6213@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6214unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6215backwards.
6216
6217@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6218@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6219@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6220Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6221may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6222a chance to share your improved assembler.
6223
6224Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6225to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6226people's assemblers.
6227
6228When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6229intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6230absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6231@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6232
6233@node P2align
915808f6 6234@section @code{.p2align[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
6235
6236@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6237@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6238Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6239storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6240number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6241advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 6242counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
915808f6
NC
6243multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted then a
6244default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
6245
6246The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6247padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6248padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6249marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6250with no-op instructions.
6251
6252The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6253it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6254directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6255specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6256fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6257required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6258with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6259
6260@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6261@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6262The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6263@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6264pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6265fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62662,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6267filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6268the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6269undefined.
6270
ccf8a69b
BW
6271@ifset ELF
6272@node PopSection
6273@section @code{.popsection}
6274
6275@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6276@cindex Section Stack
6277This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6278@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6279@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6280(@pxref{Previous}).
6281
6282This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6283section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6284stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6285@end ifset
6286
c91d2e08
NC
6287@ifset ELF
6288@node Previous
6289@section @code{.previous}
6290
c1253627 6291@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6292@cindex Section Stack
6293This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6294@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6295@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6296(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6297
6298This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6299referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6300@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6301subsections). For example:
6302
6303@smallexample
6304.section A
6305 .subsection 1
6306 .word 0x1234
6307 .subsection 2
6308 .word 0x5678
6309.previous
6310 .word 0x9abc
6311@end smallexample
6312
6313Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6314section A. Whilst:
6315
6316@smallexample
6317.section A
6318.subsection 1
6319 # Now in section A subsection 1
6320 .word 0x1234
6321.section B
6322.subsection 0
6323 # Now in section B subsection 0
6324 .word 0x5678
6325.subsection 1
6326 # Now in section B subsection 1
6327 .word 0x9abc
6328.previous
6329 # Now in section B subsection 0
6330 .word 0xdef0
6331@end smallexample
6332
6333Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6334section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6335
6336In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6337the top section on the section stack.
6338@end ifset
6339
252b5132
RH
6340@node Print
6341@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6342
6343@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6344@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6345assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6346
c91d2e08
NC
6347@ifset ELF
6348@node Protected
6349@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6350
c1253627
NC
6351@cindex @code{protected} directive
6352@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6353This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6354@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6355
6356This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6357their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6358@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6359components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6360component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6361this.
c91d2e08
NC
6362@end ifset
6363
252b5132
RH
6364@node Psize
6365@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6366
6367@cindex @code{psize} directive
6368@cindex listing control: paper size
6369@cindex paper size, for listings
6370Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6371number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6372
6373If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6374of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6375default width is 200 columns.
6376
a4fb0134 6377@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6378lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6379@code{.eject}).
6380
6381If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6382those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6383
6384@node Purgem
6385@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6386
6387@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6388Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6389expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6390
c91d2e08
NC
6391@ifset ELF
6392@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6393@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6394
c1253627 6395@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6396@cindex Section Stack
6397This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6398@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6399@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6400(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6401
e9863d7f
DJ
6402This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6403top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6404subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6405@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6406as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6407@end ifset
6408
252b5132
RH
6409@node Quad
6410@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6411
6412@cindex @code{quad} directive
6413@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6414each bignum, it emits
6415@ifclear bignum-16
6416an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6417warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6418@cindex eight-byte integer
6419@cindex integer, 8-byte
6420
6421The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6422hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6423@end ifclear
6424@ifset bignum-16
6425a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6426warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6427@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6428@cindex integer, 16-byte
6429@end ifset
6430
05e9452c
AM
6431@node Reloc
6432@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6433
6434@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6435Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6436@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6437the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6438symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6439@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6440absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6441targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6442relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6443section.
6444
252b5132
RH
6445@node Rept
6446@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6447
6448@cindex @code{rept} directive
6449Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6450@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6451
6452For example, assembling
6453
6454@example
6455 .rept 3
6456 .long 0
6457 .endr
6458@end example
6459
6460is equivalent to assembling
6461
6462@example
6463 .long 0
6464 .long 0
6465 .long 0
6466@end example
6467
808811a3
NC
6468A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6469allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6470
252b5132
RH
6471@node Sbttl
6472@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6473
6474@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6475@cindex subtitles for listings
6476@cindex listing control: subtitle
6477Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6478title line) when generating assembly listings.
6479
6480This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6481it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6482
6483@ifset COFF
6484@node Scl
6485@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6486
6487@cindex @code{scl} directive
6488@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6489@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6490Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6491used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6492whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6493symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6494@end ifset
6495
c1253627 6496@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6497@node Section
c1253627 6498@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6499
252b5132
RH
6500@cindex named section
6501Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6502named @var{name}.
6503
6504This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6505named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6506with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6507
c1253627
NC
6508@ifset COFF
6509@ifset ELF
6510@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6511@subheading COFF Version
6512@end ifset
6513
6514@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6515For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6516ways:
c91d2e08 6517
252b5132
RH
6518@smallexample
6519.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6520.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6521@end smallexample
6522
6523If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6524section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6525
252b5132
RH
6526@table @code
6527@item b
6528bss section (uninitialized data)
6529@item n
6530section is not loaded
6531@item w
6532writable section
6533@item d
6534data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6535@item e
6536exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6537@item r
6538read-only section
6539@item x
6540executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6541@item s
6542shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6543@item a
6544ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6545@item y
6546section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6547@item 0-9
6548single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6549@end table
6550
6551If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6552the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6553loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6554from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6555will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6556
6557If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6558taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6559@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6560
6561@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6562@ifset COFF
6563@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6564@subheading ELF Version
6565@end ifset
6566
c91d2e08
NC
6567@cindex Section Stack
6568This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6569@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6570(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6571@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6572
c1253627 6573@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6574For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6575
252b5132 6576@smallexample
7047dd1e 6577.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6578@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6579
451133ce
NP
6580@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6581@kindex --sectname-subst
6582@cindex section name substitution
6583If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6584argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6585at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6586
6587@smallexample
6588.macro exception_code
6589.section %S.exception
6590[exception code here]
6591.previous
6592.endm
6593
6594.text
6595[code]
6596exception_code
6597[...]
6598
6599.section .init
6600[init code]
6601exception_code
6602[...]
6603@end smallexample
6604
6605The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6606@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6607This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6608tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6609need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6610macros just for that purpose.
6611
252b5132 6612The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6613combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6614
252b5132
RH
6615@table @code
6616@item a
6617section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6618@item d
6619section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6620@item e
6621section is excluded from executable and shared library.
b7d07216
L
6622@item o
6623section references a symbol defined in another section (the linked-to
6624section) in the same file.
252b5132
RH
6625@item w
6626section is writable
6627@item x
6628section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6629@item M
6630section is mergeable
6631@item S
6632section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6633@item G
6634section is a member of a section group
6635@item T
6636section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6637@item ?
6638section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6639@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6640a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6641field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6642also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6643resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6644@item @code{<target specific>}
6645some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6646@end table
6647
9fb71ee4
NC
6648Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6649a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6650flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6651@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6652(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6653section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6654
252b5132 6655The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6656
252b5132
RH
6657@table @code
6658@item @@progbits
6659section contains data
6660@item @@nobits
6661section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6662@item @@note
6663section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6664@item @@init_array
6665section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6666@item @@fini_array
6667section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6668@item @@preinit_array
6669section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6670@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6671a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6672@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6673some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6674@end table
6675
9fb71ee4
NC
6676Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6677enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6678
ececec60
NC
6679Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6680ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6681@code{%} character.
6682
9fb71ee4
NC
6683Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6684special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6685type will generate an error from the assembler.
6686
22fe14ad 6687If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6688be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6689
6690@smallexample
6691.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6692@end smallexample
6693
6694Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6695constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6696@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6697@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6698the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6699absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6700which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6701@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6702@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad 6703
b7d07216
L
6704If @var{flags} contains the @code{o} flag, then the @var{type} argument
6705must be present along with an additional field like this:
6706
6707@smallexample
6708.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"o,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName}
6709@end smallexample
6710
6711The @var{SymbolName} field specifies the symbol name which the section
6712references.
6713
6714Note: If both the @var{M} and @var{o} flags are present, then the fields
6715for the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6716
6717@smallexample
6718.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"Mo,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{SymbolName}
6719@end smallexample
6720
22fe14ad
NC
6721If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6722be present along with an additional field like this:
6723
6724@smallexample
6725.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6726@end smallexample
6727
6728The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6729particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6730
22fe14ad
NC
6731@table @code
6732@item comdat
6733indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6734@item .gnu.linkonce
6735an alias for comdat
6736@end table
6737
96e9638b 6738Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6739the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6740
6741@smallexample
6742.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6743@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6744
b7d07216
L
6745If both @code{o} flag and @code{G} flag are present, then the
6746@var{SymbolName} field for @code{o} comes first, like this:
6747
6748@smallexample
6749.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"oG,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}]
6750@end smallexample
6751
01642c12
RM
6752If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6753@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6754present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6755this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6756@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6757If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6758
a8c4d40b
L
6759The optional @var{unique,@code{<number>}} argument must come last. It
6760assigns @var{@code{<number>}} as a unique section ID to distinguish
6761different sections with the same section name like these:
6762
6763@smallexample
6764.section @var{name},"@var{flags}",@@@var{type},@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6765.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"G,@@@var{type},@var{GroupName},[@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6766.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"MG,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6767@end smallexample
6768
6769The valid values of @var{@code{<number>}} are between 0 and 4294967295.
6770
252b5132
RH
6771If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6772the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6773none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6774executable. The section will contain data.
6775
6776For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6777directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6778
252b5132
RH
6779@smallexample
6780.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6781@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6782
252b5132
RH
6783Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6784separated flags:
eda683bb 6785
252b5132
RH
6786@table @code
6787@item #alloc
6788section is allocatable
6789@item #write
6790section is writable
6791@item #execinstr
6792section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6793@item #exclude
6794section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6795@item #tls
6796section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6797@end table
c91d2e08 6798
e9863d7f
DJ
6799This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6800contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6801some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6802work.
c1253627
NC
6803@end ifset
6804@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6805
6806@node Set
6807@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6808
6809@cindex @code{set} directive
6810@cindex symbol value, setting
6811Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6812changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6813@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6814flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6815
5d239759
NC
6816You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6817values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6818involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6819being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6820addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6821final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6822the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6823different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6824
6825If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6826file is the last value stored into it.
6827
3c9b82ba 6828@ifset Z80
6655dba2 6829On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use @code{.set} or
3c9b82ba
NC
6830@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6831@end ifset
6832
252b5132
RH
6833@node Short
6834@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6835
6836@cindex @code{short} directive
6837@ifset GENERIC
6838@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6839@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6840
6841In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6842numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6843@end ifset
6844@ifclear GENERIC
6845@ifset W16
6846@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6847@end ifset
6848@ifset W32
6849This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6850a 16 bit number for each.
6851@end ifset
6852@end ifclear
6853
6854@node Single
6855@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6856
6857@cindex @code{single} directive
6858@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6859This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6860has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6861@ifset GENERIC
6862The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6863@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6864@end ifset
6865@ifclear GENERIC
6866@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6867On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6868numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6869@end ifset
6870@end ifclear
6871
c1253627 6872@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6873@node Size
c1253627 6874@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6875
c1253627
NC
6876This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6877
6878@ifset COFF
6879@ifset ELF
6880@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6881@subheading COFF Version
6882@end ifset
6883
6884@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6885For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6886@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6887
6888@smallexample
6889.size @var{expression}
6890@end smallexample
252b5132 6891
c1253627 6892@end ifset
c91d2e08 6893
c1253627
NC
6894@ifset ELF
6895@ifset COFF
6896@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6897@subheading ELF Version
6898@end ifset
6899
6900@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6901For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6902
c1253627
NC
6903@smallexample
6904.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6905@end smallexample
6906
6907This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6908The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6909arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6910symbols.
c1253627
NC
6911@end ifset
6912@end ifset
252b5132 6913
252b5132
RH
6914@ifclear no-space-dir
6915@node Skip
340d33e5 6916@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6917
6918@cindex @code{skip} directive
6919@cindex filling memory
6920This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6921@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6922@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6923@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6924@end ifclear
252b5132 6925
ccf8a69b
BW
6926@node Sleb128
6927@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6928
6929@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6930@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6931compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6932symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6933
884f0d36 6934@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6935@node Space
340d33e5 6936@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6937
6938@cindex @code{space} directive
6939@cindex filling memory
6940This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6941@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6942and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6943as @samp{.skip}.
6944
6945@ifset HPPA
6946@quotation
6947@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6948targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6949Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6950@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6951for a summary.
6952@end quotation
6953@end ifset
6954@end ifclear
6955
252b5132
RH
6956@ifset have-stabs
6957@node Stab
6958@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6959
6960@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6961@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6962There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6963All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6964The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6965cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6966Up to five fields are required:
6967
6968@table @var
6969@item string
6970This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6971@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6972debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6973using this field.
6974
6975@item type
6976An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6977this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6978and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6979
6980@item other
6981An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6982low 8 bits of this expression.
6983
6984@item desc
6985An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6986bits of this expression.
6987
6988@item value
6989An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6990@end table
6991
6992If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6993or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6994you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6995compatible with earlier assemblers!
6996
6997@table @code
6998@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6999@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
7000
7001The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
7002It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
7003null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
7004strings.
7005
7006The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
7007relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
7008is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
7009assembled.
7010
7011@cindex @code{stabn} directive
7012@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7013The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
7014
7015@cindex @code{stabs} directive
7016@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7017All five fields are specified.
7018@end table
7019@end ifset
7020@c end have-stabs
7021
7022@node String
38a57ae7 7023@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 7024"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
7025
7026@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
7027@cindex string8, copying to object file
7028@cindex string16, copying to object file
7029@cindex string32, copying to object file
7030@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 7031@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
7032@cindex @code{string8} directive
7033@cindex @code{string16} directive
7034@cindex @code{string32} directive
7035@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
7036
7037Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
7038one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
7039particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
7040You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
7041
01642c12 7042The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
7043the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
7044copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
7045are stored in target endianness byte order.
7046
7047Example:
7048@smallexample
7049 .string32 "BYE"
7050expands to:
7051 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
7052 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
7053@end smallexample
7054
7055
252b5132
RH
7056@node Struct
7057@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
7058
7059@cindex @code{struct} directive
7060Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
7061which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
7062@smallexample
7063 .struct 0
7064field1:
7065 .struct field1 + 4
7066field2:
7067 .struct field2 + 4
7068field3:
7069@end smallexample
7070This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
7071@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
7072value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
7073use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
7074before further assembly.
7075
c91d2e08
NC
7076@ifset ELF
7077@node SubSection
7078@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
7079
c1253627 7080@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7081@cindex Section Stack
7082This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
7083@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
7084@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 7085(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
7086
7087This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
7088section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
7089in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7090@end ifset
7091
252b5132
RH
7092@ifset ELF
7093@node Symver
7094@section @code{.symver}
7095@cindex @code{symver} directive
7096@cindex symbol versioning
7097@cindex versions of symbols
7098Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7099within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7100typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7101There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7102into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7103shared library.
7104
79082ff0 7105For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132 7106@smallexample
6914be53 7107.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}[ ,@var{visibility}]
252b5132 7108@end smallexample
6914be53 7109If the original symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7110being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7111alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7112just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7113permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7114of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7115itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7116have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7117file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7118function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7119the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7120building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7121symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6914be53
L
7122nodename of the symbol you are trying to override. The optional argument
7123@var{visibility} updates the visibility of the original symbol. The valid
31c89d60 7124visibilities are @code{local}, @code{hidden}, and @code{remove}. The
6914be53
L
7125@code{local} visibility makes the original symbol a local symbol
7126(@pxref{Local}). The @code{hidden} visibility sets the visibility of the
7127original symbol to @code{hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}). The @code{remove}
31c89d60
AM
7128visibility removes the original symbol from the symbol table. If visibility
7129isn't specified, the original symbol is unchanged.
339681c0
L
7130
7131If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7132references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7133reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7134symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7135
7136Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7137@smallexample
7138.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7139@end smallexample
7140In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7141the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7142difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7143references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7144
7145The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7146@smallexample
7147.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7148@end smallexample
7149When @var{name} is not defined within the
7150file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7151@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7152name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7153@end ifset
7154
7155@ifset COFF
7156@node Tag
7157@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7158
7159@cindex COFF structure debugging
7160@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7161@cindex @code{tag} directive
7162This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7163information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7164@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7165definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7166@end ifset
7167
7168@node Text
7169@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7170
7171@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7172Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7173the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7174expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7175is used.
7176
7177@node Title
7178@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7179
7180@cindex @code{title} directive
7181@cindex listing control: title line
7182Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7183source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7184
7185This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7186it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7187
4c8584be
L
7188@ifset ELF
7189@node Tls_common
7190@section @code{.tls_common @var{symbol}, @var{length}[, @var{alignment}]}
7191
7192@cindex @code{tls_common} directive
7193This directive behaves in the same way as the @code{.comm} directive
7194(@pxref{Comm}) except that @var{symbol} has type of STT_TLS instead of
7195STT_OBJECT.
7196@end ifset
7197
c1253627 7198@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7199@node Type
c1253627
NC
7200@section @code{.type}
7201
7202This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7203
7204@ifset COFF
7205@ifset ELF
7206@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7207@subheading COFF Version
7208@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7209
7210@cindex COFF symbol type
7211@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7212@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7213For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7214@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7215
7216@smallexample
7217.type @var{int}
7218@end smallexample
7219
7220This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7221entry.
252b5132 7222
c1253627 7223@end ifset
c91d2e08 7224
c1253627
NC
7225@ifset ELF
7226@ifset COFF
7227@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7228@subheading ELF Version
7229@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7230
7231@cindex ELF symbol type
7232@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7233@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7234For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7235
7236@smallexample
7237.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7238@end smallexample
7239
7240This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7241function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7242supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7243compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7244
7245Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7246@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7247below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7248the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7249maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7250assemblers.
7251
7252The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7253
7254@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7255 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7256 .type <name>,#<type>
7257 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7258 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7259 .type <name>,"<type>"
7260@end smallexample
7261
7262The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7263
5671778d
NC
7264@table @gcctabopt
7265@item STT_FUNC
7266@itemx function
7267Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7268
d8045f23
NC
7269@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7270@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7271Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7272processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7273
5671778d
NC
7274@item STT_OBJECT
7275@itemx object
7276Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7277
7278@item STT_TLS
7279@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7280Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7281
7282@item STT_COMMON
7283@itemx common
7284Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7285
7286@item STT_NOTYPE
7287@itemx notype
7288Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7289
3e7a7d11
NC
7290@item gnu_unique_object
7291Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7292will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7293name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7294systems).
3e7a7d11 7295
5671778d
NC
7296@end table
7297
f2d4ba38
JB
7298Changing between incompatible types other than from/to STT_NOTYPE will
7299result in a diagnostic. An intermediate change to STT_NOTYPE will silence
7300this.
7301
5671778d 7302Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7303
c1253627
NC
7304@end ifset
7305@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7306
7307@node Uleb128
7308@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7309
7310@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7311@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7312compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7313symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7314
7315@ifset COFF
7316@node Val
7317@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7318
7319@cindex @code{val} directive
7320@cindex COFF value attribute
7321@cindex value attribute, COFF
7322This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7323records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7324entry.
252b5132
RH
7325@end ifset
7326
2e13b764 7327@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7328@node Version
7329@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7330
c1253627 7331@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7332This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7333formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7334@end ifset
2e13b764 7335
c91d2e08
NC
7336@ifset ELF
7337@node VTableEntry
7338@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7339
653cfe85 7340@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7341This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7342@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7343
c91d2e08
NC
7344@node VTableInherit
7345@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7346
653cfe85 7347@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7348This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7349@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7350parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7351parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7352@end ifset
2e13b764 7353
d190d046
HPN
7354@node Warning
7355@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7356@cindex warning directive
7357Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7358(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7359
c91d2e08
NC
7360@node Weak
7361@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7362
c1253627 7363@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7364This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7365@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7366
01642c12 7367On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7368directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7369@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7370
977cdf5a 7371On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7372When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7373alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7374
06e77878
AO
7375@node Weakref
7376@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7377
7378@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7379This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7380be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7381If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7382will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7383symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7384
7385The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7386assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7387symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7388resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7389had the references to the alias removed.
7390
7391The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7392within the assembler.
7393
252b5132
RH
7394@node Word
7395@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7396
7397@cindex @code{word} directive
7398This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7399separated by commas.
7400@ifclear GENERIC
7401@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7402For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7403@end ifset
7404@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7405For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7406@end ifset
7407@end ifclear
7408@ifset GENERIC
7409
7410The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7411depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7412@end ifset
7413
a8eb42a8 7414@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7415@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7416@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7417@cindex difference tables altered
7418@cindex altered difference tables
7419@quotation
7420@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7421@end quotation
7422
7423@ifset GENERIC
7424Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7425addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7426interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7427@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7428
7429@end ifset
7430In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7431@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7432Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7433compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7434directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7435@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7436creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7437This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7438first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7439of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7440table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7441contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7442@code{sym2}.
7443
7444If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7445secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7446@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7447long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7448and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7449minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7450entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7451
7452@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7453@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7454@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7455assembly language programmers.
7456@end ifset
7457@end ifset
7458@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7459
7ce98c16
NC
7460@ifclear no-space-dir
7461@node Zero
7462@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7463
7464@cindex @code{zero} directive
7465@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7466This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7467expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
900e33b9 7468so it can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7ce98c16
NC
7469instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7470@end ifclear
7471
2b841ec2
AM
7472@ifset ELF
7473@node 2byte
ea86f534 7474@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7475@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7476@cindex two-byte integer
7477@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7478
e406e428
NC
7479This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7480are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7481is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7482section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7483in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7484bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7485at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7486value at link time.
7487
7488This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7489values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7490different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7491
8b1e5da1 7492This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7493
7494@node 4byte
ea86f534 7495@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7496@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7497@cindex four-byte integer
7498@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7499
e406e428
NC
7500Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7501long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7502
7503@node 8byte
ea86f534 7504@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7505@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7506@cindex eight-byte integer
7507@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7508
e21126b7 7509Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7510byte long bignum values into the output.
7511
2b841ec2
AM
7512@end ifset
7513
252b5132
RH
7514@node Deprecated
7515@section Deprecated Directives
7516
7517@cindex deprecated directives
7518@cindex obsolescent directives
7519One day these directives won't work.
7520They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7521@table @t
7522@item .abort
7523@item .line
7524@end table
7525
3a99f02f
DJ
7526@ifset ELF
7527@node Object Attributes
7528@chapter Object Attributes
7529@cindex object attributes
7530
7531@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7532into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7533Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7534point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7535requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7536passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7537hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7538generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7539newer generation at run-time.
7540
7541This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7542@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7543time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7544correctly.
7545
7546Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7547attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7548string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7549and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7550or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7551attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7552
7553Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7554The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7555
7556@menu
7557* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7558* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7559@end menu
7560
7561@node GNU Object Attributes
7562@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7563
7564The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7565with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7566
7567Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7568its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7569an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
75702} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7571architecture-dependent ones.
7572
7573@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7574
7575These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7576
7577@table @r
7578@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7579The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7580the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7581then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7582than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7583arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7584@end table
7585
85f7484a
PB
7586@subsection M680x0 Attributes
7587
7588@table @r
7589@item Tag_GNU_M68K_ABI_FP (4)
7590The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7591
7592@itemize @bullet
7593@item
75940 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7595@item
75961 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
7597@item
75982 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
7599@end itemize
7600@end table
7601
3a99f02f
DJ
7602@subsection MIPS Attributes
7603
7604@table @r
7605@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7606The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7607
7608@itemize @bullet
7609@item
76100 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7611@item
f179c512
MF
76121 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7613double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7614@item
76152 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7616@item
76173 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7618@item
f179c512
MF
76194 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7620floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7621number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7622@item
76235 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7624with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7625general-purpose registers.
7626@item
76276 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7628registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7629@item
76307 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7631registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7632direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7633@end itemize
7634@end table
7635
7636@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7637
7638@table @r
7639@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7640The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7641
7642@itemize @bullet
7643@item
76440 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7645@item
3c7b9897 76461 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7647@item
76482 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7649@item
76503 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7651@end itemize
7652
7653@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7654The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7655
7656@itemize @bullet
7657@item
76580 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7659@item
76601 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7661@item
76622 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7663@item
76643 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7665@end itemize
7666@end table
7667
643f7afb
AK
7668@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7669
7670@table @r
7671@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7672The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7673
7674@itemize @bullet
7675@item
76760 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7677@item
76781 for files using software vector ABI.
7679@item
76802 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7681@end itemize
7682@end table
7683
c0ea7c52
JL
7684@subsection MSP430 Attributes
7685
7686@table @r
7687@item Tag_GNU_MSP430_Data_Region (4)
7688The data region used by this object file. The value will be:
7689
7690@itemize @bullet
7691@item
76920 for files not using the large memory model.
7693@item
76941 for files which have been compiled with the condition that all
7695data is in the lower memory region, i.e. below address 0x10000.
7696@item
76972 for files which allow data to be placed in the full 20-bit memory range.
7698@end itemize
7699@end table
7700
3a99f02f
DJ
7701@node Defining New Object Attributes
7702@section Defining New Object Attributes
7703
7704If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7705will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7706mailing list.
7707
7708@itemize @bullet
7709@item
7710This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7711@item
7712The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7713@item
7714The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7715and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7716@item
7717Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7718@item
7719@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7720@item
7721GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7722@end itemize
7723
7724@end ifset
7725
252b5132
RH
7726@ifset GENERIC
7727@node Machine Dependencies
7728@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7729
7730@cindex machine dependencies
7731The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7732each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7733vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7734directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7735assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7736@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7737optimization.
7738
7739This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7740include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7741subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7742
7743@menu
a06ea964
NC
7744@ifset AARCH64
7745* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7746@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7747@ifset ALPHA
7748* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7749@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7750@ifset ARC
7751* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7752@end ifset
7753@ifset ARM
7754* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7755@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7756@ifset AVR
7757* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7758@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7759@ifset Blackfin
7760* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7761@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
7762@ifset BPF
7763* BPF-Dependent:: BPF Dependent Features
7764@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7765@ifset CR16
7766* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7767@end ifset
8bf549a8 7768@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7769* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7770@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7771@ifset CSKY
7772* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7773@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7774@ifset D10V
7775* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7776@end ifset
7777@ifset D30V
7778* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7779@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7780@ifset EPIPHANY
7781* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7782@end ifset
252b5132 7783@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7784* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7785@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7786@ifset HPPA
7787* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7788@end ifset
7789@ifset I80386
55b62671 7790* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7791@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7792@ifset IA64
7793* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7794@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7795@ifset IP2K
7796* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7797@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7798@ifset LM32
7799* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7800@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7801@ifset M32C
7802* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7803@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7804@ifset M32R
7805* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7806@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7807@ifset M680X0
7808* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7809@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7810@ifset M68HC11
7811* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7812@end ifset
7b4ae824 7813@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7814* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7815@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7816@ifset METAG
7817* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7818@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7819@ifset MICROBLAZE
7820* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7821@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7822@ifset MIPS
7823* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7824@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7825@ifset MMIX
7826* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7827@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7828@ifset MSP430
7829* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7830@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7831@ifset NDS32
7832* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7833@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7834@ifset NIOSII
7835* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7836@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7837@ifset NS32K
7838* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7839@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7840@ifset OPENRISC
7841* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7842@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7843@ifset PDP11
7844* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7845@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7846@ifset PJ
7847* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7848@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7849@ifset PPC
7850* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7851@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7852@ifset PRU
7853* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7854@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7855@ifset RISCV
7856* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7857@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7858@ifset RL78
7859* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7860@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7861@ifset RX
7862* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7863@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7864@ifset S390
7865* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7866@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7867@ifset SCORE
7868* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7869@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7870@ifset SH
7871* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7872@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7873@ifset SPARC
7874* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7875@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7876@ifset TIC54X
7877* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7878@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7879@ifset TIC6X
7880* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7881@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7882@ifset TILEGX
7883* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7884@end ifset
7885@ifset TILEPRO
7886* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7887@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7888@ifset V850
7889* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7890@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7891@ifset VAX
7892* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7893@end ifset
7894@ifset VISIUM
7895* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7896@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7897@ifset WASM32
7898* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7899@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7900@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7901* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7902@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7903@ifset XSTORMY16
7904* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7905@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7906@ifset XTENSA
7907* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7908@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7909@ifset Z80
7910* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7911@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7912@ifset Z8000
7913* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7914@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7915@end menu
7916
7917@lowersections
7918@end ifset
7919
7920@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7921@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7922@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7923@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7924@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7925@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7926@c in both conditional blocks.
7927
a06ea964
NC
7928@ifset AARCH64
7929@include c-aarch64.texi
7930@end ifset
7931
625e1353
RH
7932@ifset ALPHA
7933@include c-alpha.texi
7934@end ifset
7935
7936@ifset ARC
7937@include c-arc.texi
7938@end ifset
7939
252b5132
RH
7940@ifset ARM
7941@include c-arm.texi
7942@end ifset
7943
8473f7a4
DC
7944@ifset AVR
7945@include c-avr.texi
7946@end ifset
7947
3b4e1885 7948@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7949@include c-bfin.texi
7950@end ifset
7951
f8861f5d
JM
7952@ifset BPF
7953@include c-bpf.texi
7954@end ifset
7955
3d3d428f
NC
7956@ifset CR16
7957@include c-cr16.texi
7958@end ifset
7959
328eb32e
HPN
7960@ifset CRIS
7961@include c-cris.texi
7962@end ifset
7963
b8891f8d
AJ
7964@ifset CSKY
7965@include c-csky.texi
7966@end ifset
7967
c2dcd04e 7968@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7969@ifclear GENERIC
7970@node Machine Dependencies
7971@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7972
c2dcd04e 7973The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7974and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7975chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7976family.
7977
7978@menu
c2dcd04e 7979* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7980* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7981@end menu
7982@lowersections
7983@end ifclear
7984@end ifset
7985
7986@ifset D10V
7987@include c-d10v.texi
7988@end ifset
7989
7990@ifset D30V
7991@include c-d30v.texi
7992@end ifset
7993
cfb8c092
NC
7994@ifset EPIPHANY
7995@include c-epiphany.texi
7996@end ifset
7997
252b5132
RH
7998@ifset H8/300
7999@include c-h8300.texi
8000@end ifset
8001
252b5132
RH
8002@ifset HPPA
8003@include c-hppa.texi
8004@end ifset
8005
8006@ifset I80386
8007@include c-i386.texi
8008@end ifset
8009
9e32ca89
NC
8010@ifset IA64
8011@include c-ia64.texi
8012@end ifset
8013
a40cbfa3
NC
8014@ifset IP2K
8015@include c-ip2k.texi
8016@end ifset
8017
84e94c90
NC
8018@ifset LM32
8019@include c-lm32.texi
8020@end ifset
8021
49f58d10
JB
8022@ifset M32C
8023@include c-m32c.texi
8024@end ifset
8025
ec694b89
NC
8026@ifset M32R
8027@include c-m32r.texi
8028@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8029
8030@ifset M680X0
8031@include c-m68k.texi
8032@end ifset
8033
60bcf0fa
NC
8034@ifset M68HC11
8035@include c-m68hc11.texi
8036@end ifset
8037
7b4ae824
JD
8038@ifset S12Z
8039@include c-s12z.texi
8040@end ifset
8041
a3c62988
NC
8042@ifset METAG
8043@include c-metag.texi
8044@end ifset
8045
01642c12 8046@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
8047@include c-microblaze.texi
8048@end ifset
8049
252b5132
RH
8050@ifset MIPS
8051@include c-mips.texi
8052@end ifset
8053
3c3bdf30
NC
8054@ifset MMIX
8055@include c-mmix.texi
8056@end ifset
8057
2469cfa2
NC
8058@ifset MSP430
8059@include c-msp430.texi
8060@end ifset
8061
35c08157
KLC
8062@ifset NDS32
8063@include c-nds32.texi
8064@end ifset
8065
36591ba1
SL
8066@ifset NIOSII
8067@include c-nios2.texi
8068@end ifset
8069
252b5132
RH
8070@ifset NS32K
8071@include c-ns32k.texi
8072@end ifset
8073
1f041c6e
SH
8074@ifset OPENRISC
8075@include c-or1k.texi
8076@end ifset
8077
e135f41b
NC
8078@ifset PDP11
8079@include c-pdp11.texi
8080@end ifset
8081
041dd5a9
ILT
8082@ifset PJ
8083@include c-pj.texi
8084@end ifset
8085
418c1742
MG
8086@ifset PPC
8087@include c-ppc.texi
8088@end ifset
8089
93f11b16
DD
8090@ifset PRU
8091@include c-pru.texi
8092@end ifset
8093
4f7eddc4
PD
8094@ifset RISCV
8095@include c-riscv.texi
8096@end ifset
8097
b57e49f7
JW
8098@ifset RL78
8099@include c-rl78.texi
8100@end ifset
8101
046d31c2
NC
8102@ifset RX
8103@include c-rx.texi
8104@end ifset
8105
11c19e16
MS
8106@ifset S390
8107@include c-s390.texi
8108@end ifset
8109
c0157db4
NC
8110@ifset SCORE
8111@include c-score.texi
8112@end ifset
8113
252b5132
RH
8114@ifset SH
8115@include c-sh.texi
8116@end ifset
8117
8118@ifset SPARC
8119@include c-sparc.texi
8120@end ifset
8121
39bec121
TW
8122@ifset TIC54X
8123@include c-tic54x.texi
8124@end ifset
8125
40b36596
JM
8126@ifset TIC6X
8127@include c-tic6x.texi
8128@end ifset
8129
aa137e4d
NC
8130@ifset TILEGX
8131@include c-tilegx.texi
8132@end ifset
8133
8134@ifset TILEPRO
8135@include c-tilepro.texi
8136@end ifset
8137
b6605ddd
EB
8138@ifset V850
8139@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
8140@end ifset
8141
8142@ifset VAX
8143@include c-vax.texi
8144@end ifset
8145
b6605ddd
EB
8146@ifset VISIUM
8147@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8148@end ifset
8149
f96bd6c2
PC
8150@ifset WASM32
8151@include c-wasm32.texi
8152@end ifset
8153
f6c1a2d5
NC
8154@ifset XGATE
8155@include c-xgate.texi
8156@end ifset
8157
6753e72f
NC
8158@ifset XSTORMY16
8159@include c-xstormy16.texi
8160@end ifset
8161
e0001a05
NC
8162@ifset XTENSA
8163@include c-xtensa.texi
8164@end ifset
8165
b6605ddd
EB
8166@ifset Z80
8167@include c-z80.texi
8168@end ifset
8169
8170@ifset Z8000
8171@include c-z8k.texi
8172@end ifset
8173
252b5132
RH
8174@ifset GENERIC
8175@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8176@raisesections
8177@end ifset
8178
8179@node Reporting Bugs
8180@chapter Reporting Bugs
8181@cindex bugs in assembler
8182@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8183
a4fb0134 8184Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8185
8186Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8187not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8188entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8189Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8190
8191In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8192information that enables us to fix the bug.
8193
8194@menu
8195* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8196* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8197@end menu
8198
8199@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8200@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8201@cindex bug criteria
8202
8203If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8204
8205@itemize @bullet
8206@cindex fatal signal
8207@cindex assembler crash
8208@cindex crash of assembler
8209@item
8210If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8211@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8212
8213@cindex error on valid input
8214@item
a4fb0134 8215If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8216
8217@cindex invalid input
8218@item
a4fb0134 8219If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8220is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8221be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8222
8223@item
8224If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8225of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8226@end itemize
8227
8228@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8229@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8230@cindex bug reports
8231@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8232
8233A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8234you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8235contact that organization first.
8236
8237You can find contact information for many support companies and
8238individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8239distribution.
8240
ad22bfe8 8241@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8242In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8243to @value{BUGURL}.
8244@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8245
8246The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8247@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8248fact or leave it out, state it!
8249
8250Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8251and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8252name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8253not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8254happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8255perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8256the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8257give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8258and the most helpful.
8259
8260Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8261it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8262that the bug has not been reported previously.
8263
8264Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8265bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8266respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8267You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8268
8269To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8270
8271@itemize @bullet
8272@item
a4fb0134 8273The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8274it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8275
8276Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8277the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8278
8279@item
a4fb0134 8280Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8281
8282@item
8283The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8284version number.
8285
8286@item
a4fb0134 8287What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8288``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8289
8290@item
8291The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8292observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8293all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8294
8295If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8296and then we might not encounter the bug.
8297
8298@item
8299A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8300the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8301high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8302when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8303the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8304file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8305@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8306
8307@item
8308A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8309incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8310
a4fb0134 8311Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8312will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8313notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8314make a mistake.
8315
8316Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8317explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8318@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8319library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8320would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8321would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8322expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8323observations.
8324
8325@item
a4fb0134 8326If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8327diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8328option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8329discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8330by line number.
8331
8332The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8333sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8334@end itemize
8335
8336Here are some things that are not necessary:
8337
8338@itemize @bullet
8339@item
8340A description of the envelope of the bug.
8341
8342Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8343which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8344changes will not affect it.
8345
8346This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8347will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8348with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8349We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8350
8351Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8352of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8353output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8354less time, and so on.
8355
8356However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8357report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8358
8359@item
8360A patch for the bug.
8361
8362A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8363the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8364a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8365to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8366
a4fb0134 8367Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8368construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8369the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8370one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8371
8372And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8373patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8374help us to understand.
8375
8376@item
8377A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8378
8379Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8380things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8381@end itemize
8382
8383@node Acknowledgements
8384@chapter Acknowledgements
8385
653cfe85 8386If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8387it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8388maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8389@c (October 2012),
8390the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8391
8392Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8393more details?}
8394
8395Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8396information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8397extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8398
8399K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8400many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8401up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8402testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8403including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8404and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8405support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8406port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8407file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8408assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8409
8410Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8411in format-specific I/O modules.
8412
8413The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8414has done much work with it since.
8415
8416The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8417
8418Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8419
8420The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8421University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8422
8423Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8424(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8425(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8426support a.out format.
8427
7be1c489
AM
8428Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8429tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8430Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8431use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8432targets.
8433
8434John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8435simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8436updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8437fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8438remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8439cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8440required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8441
8442Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
844368k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8444added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8445PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8446
653cfe85 8447Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8448
8449Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8450
8451Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8452along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8453formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8454the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8455
8456Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8457Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8458Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8459Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8460and some initial 64-bit support).
8461
c1253627 8462Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8463
252b5132
RH
8464Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8465support for openVMS/Alpha.
8466
39bec121
TW
8467Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8468flavors.
8469
e0001a05 8470David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8471Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8472
252b5132
RH
8473Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8474configuration enhancements.
8475
84e94c90
NC
8476Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8477
252b5132
RH
8478Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8479you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8480want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8481intentionally leaving anyone out.
8482
793c5807
NC
8483@node GNU Free Documentation License
8484@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8485@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8486
370b66a1
CD
8487@node AS Index
8488@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8489
8490@printindex cp
8491
252b5132
RH
8492@bye
8493@c Local Variables:
8494@c fill-column: 79
8495@c End:
This page took 1.773238 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.